CA2287084A1 - Diagnosis method and reagents - Google Patents
Diagnosis method and reagents Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2287084A1 CA2287084A1 CA002287084A CA2287084A CA2287084A1 CA 2287084 A1 CA2287084 A1 CA 2287084A1 CA 002287084 A CA002287084 A CA 002287084A CA 2287084 A CA2287084 A CA 2287084A CA 2287084 A1 CA2287084 A1 CA 2287084A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- seq
- disease
- protein
- mutant
- rna
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 111
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 25
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 16
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 252
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 176
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 174
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 174
- 230000037433 frameshift Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 128
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 125
- 231100000221 frame shift mutation induction Toxicity 0.000 claims abstract description 100
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 207
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 193
- 108010021466 Mutant Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 92
- 102000008300 Mutant Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 92
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 claims description 74
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 74
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 claims description 74
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 68
- 101100228149 Drosophila melanogaster Trl gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 66
- 241001123946 Gaga Species 0.000 claims description 66
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 65
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 62
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 60
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 57
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 50
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 50
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 claims description 45
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 claims description 44
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 39
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 39
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- -1 Big Tau Proteins 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- 102000015499 Presenilins Human genes 0.000 claims description 22
- 108010050254 Presenilins Proteins 0.000 claims description 22
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 102100025064 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Human genes 0.000 claims description 17
- 101710137189 Amyloid-beta A4 protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 101710151993 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 claims description 15
- 108010026424 tau Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 108010060159 Apolipoprotein E4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 102000013498 tau Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 102100022704 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Human genes 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 108010088373 Neurofilament Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N amyloid-beta polypeptide 42 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 101100243447 Arabidopsis thaliana PER53 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 102000008763 Neurofilament Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 101150080074 TP53 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 101710193519 Glial fibrillary acidic protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- 210000005046 glial fibrillary acidic protein Anatomy 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 102100021569 Apoptosis regulator Bcl-2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 108091012583 BCL2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 102100027974 Semaphorin-3A Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 108010090319 Semaphorin-3A Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 201000002212 progressive supranuclear palsy Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 102100023174 Methionine aminopeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108090000192 Methionyl aminopeptidases Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000009664 Microtubule-Associated Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010020004 Microtubule-Associated Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000022309 Alcoholic Liver disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000011403 Alexander disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000011990 Corticobasal Degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010011659 Cutaneous amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010067889 Dementia with Lewy bodies Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000002832 Lewy body dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000001089 Multiple system atrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010068871 Myotonic dystrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000036757 Postencephalitic parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000037065 Subacute sclerosing leukoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010042297 Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002308 calcification Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000001652 frontal lobe Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000004276 hyalin Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000015413 lichen amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000000170 postencephalitic Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000037432 silent mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000010577 Niemann-Pick disease type C Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000007930 Type C Niemann-Pick Disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000017004 dementia pugilistica Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 claims 3
- 102100039289 Glial fibrillary acidic protein Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 35
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 39
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 37
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 30
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 22
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 17
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 101000772905 Homo sapiens Polyubiquitin-B Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 12
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 12
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102100030432 Polyubiquitin-B Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108010004977 Vasopressins Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000002852 Vasopressins Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 102000053171 Glial Fibrillary Acidic Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 10
- GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vasopressin Natural products N1C(=O)C(CC=2C=C(O)C=CC=2)NC(=O)C(N)CSSCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 9
- KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N argipressin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N1)=O)N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229960003726 vasopressin Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 8
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000002682 neurofibrillary tangle Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 7
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 6
- 101000721661 Homo sapiens Cellular tumor antigen p53 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 6
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000005153 frontal cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000001320 hippocampus Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101150034518 Iapp gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000251131 Sphyrna Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000005044 neurofilament Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000012722 SDS sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 101150037646 VP gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108010001271 arginyl-glutamyl-arginine Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008105 immune reaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000002511 neuropil thread Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000002109 Argyria Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- CGYDXNKRIMJMLV-GUBZILKMSA-N Glu-Arg-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O CGYDXNKRIMJMLV-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L congo red Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=CC2=C(N)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3)C3=CC=C(C=C3)/N=N/C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C(=C3)S([O-])(=O)=O)N)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C21 IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 108010091047 neurofilament protein H Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 3
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100031126 6-phosphogluconolactonase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010029731 6-phosphogluconolactonase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000009091 Amyloidogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010048112 Amyloidogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710104359 F protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010018962 Glucosephosphate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CTVJSFRHUOSCQQ-DCAQKATOSA-N Met-Arg-Glu Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O CTVJSFRHUOSCQQ-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010240 RT-PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007238 Transferrin Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010033576 Transferrin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002788 anti-peptide Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000016361 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010448 genetic screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000777 hematopoietic system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003016 hypothalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001466 metabolic labeling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 2
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008016 vaporization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophthalhydrazide Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C=2C1=CC(N)=CC=2 HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100033639 Acetylcholinesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022752 Acetylcholinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010000239 Aequorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006888 Agnosia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001047040 Agnosia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007698 Alcohol dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004491 Antisense DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100029470 Apolipoprotein E Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071619 Apolipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007592 Apolipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010025628 Apolipoproteins E Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010003062 Apraxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100020619 Arabidopsis thaliana LATE gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100460146 Arabidopsis thaliana NEET gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QAODJPUKWNNNRP-DCAQKATOSA-N Arg-Glu-Arg Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O QAODJPUKWNNNRP-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015790 Asparaginase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010003694 Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004736 B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003950 B-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101800004538 Bradykinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000583086 Bunodosoma granuliferum Delta-actitoxin-Bgr2b Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053652 Butyrylcholinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 101100471685 Caenorhabditis elegans ubq-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800005309 Carboxy-terminal peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035882 Catalase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053835 Catalase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100032404 Cholinesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000238424 Crustacea Species 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000000634 Cytochrome c oxidase subunit IV Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000365 Cytochrome-c oxidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012287 DNA Binding Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007400 DNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000238557 Decapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031124 Dementia Alzheimer type Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AHCYMLUZIRLXAA-SHYZEUOFSA-N Deoxyuridine 5'-triphosphate Chemical compound O1[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 AHCYMLUZIRLXAA-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283074 Equus asinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000941893 Felis catus Leucine-rich repeat and calponin homology domain-containing protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001390 Fructose-Bisphosphate Aldolase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068561 Fructose-Bisphosphate Aldolase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002148 Gellan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010073178 Glucan 1,4-alpha-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022624 Glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000587 Glycerolphosphate Dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041921 Glycerolphosphate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N H-Arg-Pro-Pro-Gly-Phe-Ser-Pro-Phe-Arg-OH Natural products NC(N)=NCCCC(N)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)N1C(C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)CCC1 QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000630665 Hada Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001102 Hammerhead ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100434309 Homo sapiens ADA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000771674 Homo sapiens Apolipoprotein E Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000971171 Homo sapiens Apoptosis regulator Bcl-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000969087 Homo sapiens Microtubule-associated protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000891579 Homo sapiens Microtubule-associated protein tau Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100462513 Homo sapiens TP53 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004195 Isomerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000769 Isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035792 Kininogen-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N L-DOPA Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091026898 Leader sequence (mRNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leupeptin Natural products CC(C)CC(NC(C)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010047357 Luminescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006830 Luminescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000031422 Lymphocytic Chronic B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010059724 Micrococcal Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000016943 Muramidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014251 Muramidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024007 Neurofilament heavy polypeptide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011931 Nucleoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010061100 Nucleoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010033864 Paranoia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027099 Paranoid disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053210 Phycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002319 Poly(methyl acrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940096437 Protein S Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000052575 Proto-Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020978 Proto-Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000014105 Semaphorin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003978 Semaphorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150005400 Sobp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088160 Staphylococcal Protein A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010085012 Steroid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700011201 Streptococcus IgG Fc-binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101150052863 THY1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091036066 Three prime untranslated region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033504 Thyroglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010034949 Thyroglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000005924 Triose-Phosphate Isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700015934 Triose-phosphate isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037280 Trisomy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700025716 Tumor Suppressor Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000044209 Tumor Suppressor Genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078814 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015098 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010040002 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001742 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004810 Vascular dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100026383 Vasopressin-neurophysin 2-copeptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- SXEHKFHPFVVDIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(4-hydrazinylphenyl)phenyl]hydrazine Chemical compound C1=CC(NN)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(NN)C=C1 SXEHKFHPFVVDIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGFYGJDCQZJOFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O].[Si].[Si] Chemical compound [O].[Si].[Si] OGFYGJDCQZJOFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022698 acetylcholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006243 acrylic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004404 adrenal cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium phosphate Chemical compound O1[Al]2OP1(=O)O2 ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- DIZPMCHEQGEION-UHFFFAOYSA-H aluminium sulfate (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Al+3].[Al+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O DIZPMCHEQGEION-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DAPUDVOJPZKTSI-UHFFFAOYSA-L ammonium nickel sulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[Ni+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O DAPUDVOJPZKTSI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940062331 androgel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003816 antisense DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007201 aphasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003272 asparaginase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M asparaginate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003140 astrocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037444 atrophy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003050 axon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700041737 bcl-2 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XMQFTWRPUQYINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N bensulfuron-methyl Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1CS(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC1=NC(OC)=CC(OC)=N1 XMQFTWRPUQYINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005415 bioluminescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029918 bioluminescence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010322 bone marrow transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-FDISYFBBSA-N bradykinin Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)CCC1 QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-FDISYFBBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004781 brain capillary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- DEGAKNSWVGKMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C(O)C=C1OC1=C2C=C(CN(CC(O)=O)CC(=O)O)C(O)=C1 DEGAKNSWVGKMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005251 capillar electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003174 cellulose-based polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001841 cholesterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005188 collagen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007398 colorimetric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012050 conventional carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 1
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010064 diabetes insipidus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001085 differential centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041694 estrogel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl mercaptane Natural products CCS DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028023 exocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000416 exudates and transudate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003352 fibrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescamine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)OC1(C1=O)OC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001215 fluorescent labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000370 gamma-poly(glutamate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000216 gellan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010492 gellan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012239 gene modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005017 genetic modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013617 genetically modified food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004392 genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000971 hippocampal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000046587 human MAP2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006028 immune-suppresssive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012760 immunocytochemical staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010185 immunofluorescence analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002055 immunohistochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012309 immunohistochemistry technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124589 immunosuppressive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003933 intellectual function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001155 isoelectric focusing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000366 juvenile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001821 langerhans cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N leupeptin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010052968 leupeptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009593 lumbar puncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002132 lysosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000274 lysozyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004325 lysozyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007403 mPCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002906 microbiologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002025 microglial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000302 molecular modelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037023 motor activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007659 motor function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000478 neocortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000626 neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007171 neuropathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002378 oftasceine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700025694 p53 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003950 pathogenic mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008196 pharmacological composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 10-methylacridin-10-ium-9-carboxylate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C2C=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010064470 polyaspartate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068984 polyvinyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001124 posttranscriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009163 protein therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031539 regulation of cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940083575 sodium dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000005969 steroid hormone receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002739 subcortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005222 synovial tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002437 synoviocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002175 thyroglobulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007332 vesicle formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036266 weeks of gestation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
- G01N33/6896—Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
- A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
- C12Q1/6827—Hybridisation assays for detection of mutation or polymorphism
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
- C12Q1/6858—Allele-specific amplification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/156—Polymorphic or mutational markers
Abstract
The invention relates to methods and reagents for the diagnosis and treatment of a disease caused by or associated with an RNA molecule having a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation. The diagnostic methods include the steps of providing a body fluid or tissue sample from a patient; and analyzing the sample for the presence of an RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation or a protein encoded thereby, wherein the presence of the mutated RNA molecule or encoded protein is indicative of the disease. The therapeutic treatments include administering substances which selectively eliminate mutate RNA molecule from the cell.
Description
r ~ . r. r , r r r r r .
- r . r r , r BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The invention encompasses methods and reagents for the diagnosis of a disease caused by or associated with a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshi$
mutation within s an RNA molecule. The methods include the steps of providing a body fluid or tissue sample from a patient; and analyzing the sample for the presence of an RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation or a protein encoded thereby, wherein the presence of the mutated RNA
or encoded protein is indicative of the disease.
It is an object of the present invention to provide methods and assays for detection 1 o and/or treatment of diseases involving transcript mutations, particularly those diseases relating to aging, wherein the probability of having the disease increases with the age of the patient.
The invention contemplates detection and/or treatment of those age-related diseases which are due to mutations occurring in the RNA of cells. If the mutations are not corrected, the disease may result.
15 Another object of the invention is to treat diseases identified according to the invention, by providing to a patient afflicted with the disease or having a propensity to develop the disease, a corrective agent such as an enzyme or oligonucleotide.
Yet another object of the invention is to provide a method for identifying age-related diseases by correlating nucleotide sequence mutation hotspots with the disease.
a o Other objects of the invention relate to identification, detection and treatment of age-related diseases including cancers (especially non-hereditary cancers) and neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's Disease (AD), Downs' syndrome, frontal lobe dementia (Pick's Disease), progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) and other diseases with abundant tau-positive filamentous lesions (such as Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia z s pugilistica, Dementia with tangles only, Dementia with tangles and calcification, Frontotemporal demential with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Gertsmann-Strassler-Scheinker disease with tangles, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease type C, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Postencephalitic Parkinsonism and Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis), Parkinson's Disease (PD), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, 3 o Huntington's Disease, multiple sclerosis, dementia with Lewy bodies, multisystem atrophy, other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin (such as Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and during aging Marinesco bodies and Hyaline f~r~E~~LED S~fEET
r . . ~ ~ , ,~
inclusions), diabetes mellitus type II and other degenerative diseases, such as cardiovascular diseases and rheumatoid arthritis. Early disease diagnosis is important for effective treatment.
Alzheimer's Disease is in most cases a disease which is related to aging. AD
is characterized by atrophy of nerve cells in the cerebral cortex, subcortical areas, and hippocampus and the presence of plaques, dystrophic neurites, neuropil threads and neurofibrillary tangles. In most cases, it is not known whether AD is caused by a genetic abnormality or by environmental factors, or both. The pathogenic mutation is unknown.
Another object of the invention is to provide a diagnostic test for AD which enables definitive diagnosis of AD in living patients. Furthermore, as AD is a progressive to disease, it is desirable to diagnose AD as early as possible so that preventative action may be taken.
A number of diagnostic methods have been previously suggested for AD
diagnosis, most of which have focused on the (3-amyloid precursor protein. See for example U.S. Patents 4,666,829, 4,816,416 and 4,933,159. However, (3-amyloid deposits have been i5 found in individuals, especially aged persons, who have not shown signs of dementia (See J.
Biol. Chem., 2~, pp 15977, 1990; and Tables 3-5). Diagnostic tests based on the ~i-amyloid protein have therefore been shown to lack specificity for AD.
In U.S. Patent 4,727,041 a diagnostic test for AD is described based on measuring levels of somatotropin and somatomedin-C in blood sera following administration of an L-2 o dopa proactive test.
In International patent application WO 94/02851, a method is described for identifying AD by the use of antibodies having affinity for paired helical filaments in order to determine the levels of paired helical filaments in cerebral spinal fluid.
The presence of paired helical filaments is alleged to be indicative of AD.
25 Other diagnostic methods are based on the identification of "disease specific marker proteins" in the cerebrospinal fluid. In International patent application WO 95/05604, for example, five disease specific proteins are identified by their molecular weights.
However, the specific identity of the proteins is unknown and their specific relationship to the pathogenesis of AD is also unknown. The five "disease specific marker proteins" may 3 o therefore be present as a result of a more fundamental cellular or biochemical change.
Another object of the invention is to provide for detection of AD preferably early on in the disease state. It is desirable to detect a protein or substance which is either directly r.~~~~b~~D ~~i~ET
r r ,- . . _ , r responsible for the disease or is involved early on in the pathogenesis of the disease, or if not involved is nevertheless generated directly or indirectly by the mechanism causing the disease. Such a protein or substance may be the "causative" agent to the disease or may be "associated with" the disease state in the sense of being diagnostic of the disease state.
Recently, Shernngton et al. in Nature, 3~, pp 254-260, 1995, identified a gene on chromosome 14 bearing missense mutations which are associated with up to 33% of autosomal dominant early onset AD cases (Table 1). A missense mutation involves a nucleotide substitution, usually a single nucleotide substitution, which results in an amino acid substitution at the corresponding codon. The missense mutations disclosed in io Sherrington et al. are predicted to change the encoded amino acid at the following positions (numbering from the first putative initiation codon) Met to Leu at codon 146, His to Arg at codon 163, Ala to Glu at codon 246, Leu to Val at codon 286, Cys to Tyr at codon 410. It has been proposed that these mutations may be useful in identifying early onset AD. As stated earlier, the majority of AD cases are late onset (after 65 years of age; Table 1) and it is i5 therefore still a problem to identify the majority of individuals having AD, particularly late onset AD.
There is no indication that these diseases occur at the RNA level and not at the DNA level. Accordingly, the prior art methods of detection are for mutated DNA
or for a protein encoded by the mutated DNA, and will not give an indication of the presence of a a o transcript mutation in an RNA molecule.
Presently, there are a number of substances which are alleged to be useful in the treatment of AD. However, so far only limited success has been achieved with these substances. Methods for effectively treating and/or preventing AD are still required (see Allen and Burns, Journal of Psychopharmacology, 2, pp 43-56, 1995).
SLJMNIARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based on the observation that an RNA molecule containing a frameshift mutation and encoding a corresponding mutant protein are correlated with the presence of a disease.
3 o According to the present invention there is provided a method for the diagnosis of a disease caused by or associated with an RNA molecule having one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. providing a biological sample, such as a P~~f~ct~rJ~D SN~Ef' r , - r r ~ . . r - ~ r r . ~ r r body fluid or tissue sample, from a patient; and ii. analyzing the sample for the presence of an RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation or a mutant protein encoded thereby, wherein the presence of the mutated RNA or mutant protein is indicative of the disease.
A "mutant" protein is a polypeptide encoded by a mutant mRNA at least a part of s which is in a reading frame that is shifted relative to the initiation start codon from that of the native or wild-type reading frame, and thus will include any protein having an aberrant carboxy terminal portion which is encoded by the +1 or +2 reading frame of the wild type gene sequence. Thus, the mutant protein will include a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein having an amino terminal amino acid sequence that is encoded by the wild type (O) reading io frame and a carboxy terminal amino acid sequence that is encoded by the +1 or +2 reading frame, and thus the nonsense portion of the mutant protein. The cross-over point between the wild type and nonsense amino acid sequences is the codon containing the frameshift mutation.
The invention is based on the discovery of the presence of such a mutant protein or an accumulation of more than one mutant protein in a tissue from a diseased individual, and also on identification of the mutant protein as indicative of the disease.
The invention is also based on the discovery that the mutation that gives rise to the mutant protein occurs at the RNA level and not at the DNA level.
The phrase "caused by or associated with" refers to an RNA molecule which is either fully or partly responsible for the disease, or an RNA molecule which is not responsible a o for the disease but is associated with the diseased state in the sense that it is diagnostic of the diseased state.
A disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation can be any disease including non-hereditary cancers, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's Disease (AD); Downs' a s syndrome; frontal lobe dementia (Pick's Disease); progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) and other diseases with abundant tau-positive filamentous- lesions such as Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia pugilistica, Dementia with tangles only, Dementia with tangles and calcification, Frontotemporal dementias with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Gertsmann-Strassler-Scheinker disease with tangles, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick s o disease type C, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Postencephalitic Parkinsonism and Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis; Parkinson's Disease (PD) amyotrophic lateral sclerosis;
Huntington's Disease; multiple sclerosis; dementia with Lewy bodies, multisystem atrophy 1~~~~~~ncrs c~3~C'r' r f . r r _ . r r r r r , r f r r r .-C' . ~ r r f r and other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin such as Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and during aging Marinesco bodies and Hyaline inclusions; and other degenerative diseases such as cardiovascular diseases, rheumatoid arthritis and Diabetes mellitus type II. Cancers treatable according to the invention include, s but are not limited to, Hodgkin's disease, acute and chronic lymphocytic leukemias, multiple myeloma, breast, ovary, lung, and stomach or bladder cancers.
An RNA molecule having a transcript mutation which leads to a frameshift mutation, and herein referred to as the "mutant RNA", can be any RNA molecule having at least one transcript mutation which leads to a frameshift mutation. The RNA
molecule may i o be any RNA molecule including primary transcripts and messenger RNA
(mRNA).
The term "transcript mutation" refers to a mutation which occurs at the RNA
level but does not occur in the DNA from which the RNA was transcribed. In order to identify transcript mutations a comparison between the RNA and the DNA from which the RNA was transcribed has to be made.
15 A "frameshift mutation" refers to a deletion or insertion of one or more nucleotides within an open reading frame, for example, a single nucleotide or dinucleotide deletion or insertion, such that the reading frame of the coding region is shifted by one or two nucleotides. Preferably, the frameshift mutation is a nucleotide or dinucleotide deletion leading to a + 1 or +2 frameshift mutation. However, any number of nucleotide deletions can 20 occur provided a frameshift mutation results. Alternatively, the insertion of one or more nucleotides may give rise to a frameshift and such mutations also form part of the present invention.
Other genetic modifications which give rise to a frameshift also form part of the present invention, such as a change in the nucleotide sequence which leads to translation s s initiation from a different position or a mutation outside a coding region, such as within an Intron (if the RNA molecule is a primary transcript), or a 5' or 3' untranslated region, which mutation may result in mis-translation and production of a mutant protein.
It is preferred that the mutation is a nucleotide and more preferably a dinucleotide deletion or insertion associated with the nucleotide sequence GAGA or its complementary 3 o sequence CTCT of the RNA molecule; especially preferred frameshift mutations are associated with the nucleotide sequence of the RNA comprising GAGAX or CTCTX, where X is one of G, A, U or C, the preferred motifs being GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT, and ~~1~"1171rn H~
,. ,. , _ _ , ~ - r r r , r r r .- , r. - , r GAGAA as well as CTCTC, CTCTG, CTCTA and CTCTT. As used herein, the term "GAGA
mutation" may refer to either a single nucleotide insertion or deletion or a dinucleotide insertion or deletion within the GAGA or CTCT motif itself or adj acent to (5'-or 3'-terminal to-, and within 5-10 nucleotides of ) the GAGA or CTCT motif.
Preferably, the dinucleotide deletion is a GA deletion within the GAGA motif or a GT deletion immediately following (i.e., within 10 nucleotides 3' of) a GAGA
motif and a CT deletion in the CTCT motif. It is further preferred that the mutant RNA has one or two dinucleotide deletions associated with a GAGA, GAGAC, GAGAG, GAGAT or GAGAA, or with a CTCT, CTCTG, CTCTC, CTCTA or CTCTT, leading to a + 1 or + 2 frameshift io mutation respectively.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the transcript mutations occur in RNA
molecules of the neuronal system, where the disease is a neurodegenerative disease.
The "neuronal system" is defined as any cells, RNA molecules, proteins or substances relating to or forming part of the neuronal system such as nerve cells, glial cells, i5 proteins including Tau, (3 amyloid precursor protein, ubiquitin B, apolipoprotein E4, neurofilament proteins and microtubule associated protein II, presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), Human P53 cellular tumor antigen, human B-cell leukemia/lymphoma 2 (BCL-2) protooncogene, semaphorins human homolog of yeast ~-frameshift protein 1 (HUFF-I), Human Motility Group Protein (HIVIG), neuron specific a o protein A (NSP-A) and the RNA molecules encoding the proteins.
Where the disease is a neurodegenerative disease, especially AD, the preferred mutant RNA molecules of the present invention are those encoding the (3 amyloid precursor protein, the Tau protein, ubiquitin, apolipoprotein-E4 (Apo-E4), microtubule associated protein II (MAP 2), the neurofilament proteins, presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, 2 s BCL2, HUFF-I, HMG and NSP-A, having a deletion, insertion or other modification leading to a frameshift mutation. The most preferred mutant RNA molecules of the present invention are those encoding (3 amyloid precursor protein, ubiquitin B, MAP 2, the neurofilament proteins, presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, bcl2 and HUFF-I, which have a frameshift mutation.
3 o It is preferred that the mutation is a GA or a GT dinucleotide deletion associated with (within or within 10 nucleotides 5' or 3' of) a GAGA or GAGAX sequence leading to a frameshift mutation or a CT or CA dinucleotide deletion associated with (within or within 10 H~,~cwucu ~ttia~i r ~ r r - r - , ~ r r r ' r r - - . r r r r .. . , r. r r r a nucleotides 5' or 3' of) a CTCT or CTCTX sequence leading to a frameshift mutation. It is further preferred that the mutant RNA molecule has one or two GA or GT
deletions or one or two CT or CA deletions, each associated with a GAGA or CTCT sequence or similar motif, leading to a + 1 or + 2 frameshift mutation, respectively.
The term "mutant protein" as used herein is defined as the protein encoded by the mutant RNA molecule of the present invention.
It is preferred that the methods of the present invention are for the diagnosis of a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation. A preferred disease for diagnosis by the io present invention is AD, except the early onset AD cases found to be linked to chromosome 1, 14 and 21. It is further preferred that the methods of the present invention are for the diagnosis of young and late onset AD, especially non-familial or "sporadic"
late onset AD
cases.
As used herein, "biological sample" refers to a body fluid or body tissue which i s contains proteins and/or cells from which nucleic acids and proteins can be isolated. Preferred sources include buccal swabs, blood, sperm, epithelial or other tissue, milk, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, sputum, fecal matter, lung aspirates, throat swabs, genital swabs and exudates, rectal swabs, and nasopharyngeal aspirates.
The body fluid sample can be any body fluid which contains cells having the a o transcript mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation and causes or is associated with the diseases. When the disease is a neurodegenerative disease it is preferred that the body fluid sample contains cells of the neuronal system or the products of such cells. When the disease is a neurodegenerative disease, the preferred body fluid is cerebral spinal fluid, which can be obtained after a lumbar puncture (Lannfelt et al., Nature Medicine, l, pp 829-25 832, 1995). Another preferred body fluid is blood (including, but not limited to, venous, arterial and cord blood), as it is easily obtained and contains lymphocytes which can be analyzed for the presence of the mutant RNA molecule or encoded protein.
The tissue sample can be any tissue and is preferably one that can be easily obtained, such as skin and nose epithelium.
3 o Preferably, when analyzing the sample for a mutant RNA molecule, a nucleic acid probe is used. The nucleic acid probe is preferably a nucleotide probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule encompassing the mutation giving rise r;~ ~it' t ~~~~~ l s i'~7,, t~ !
j ~ is. ;
r r - - .- , ~ r r r r ~ , r . f r f r o t f , r , r .. _ , . r f. . , .
- f ~ ~ . , v r . . -to the frameshift mutation.
The probe must be used to detect RNA or DNA reverse transcribed from the RNA, but must not be used to detect genomic DNA as the genomic DNA will not contain the mutation.
The present invention further provides a nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule encompassing the mutation leading to the frameshift mutation. The probe is preferably sufficiently complementary to the mutant sequence of the RNA molecule so that under stringent conditions the probe only remains bound to the mutant sequence, and is able to distinguish under stringent conditions the mutant io and corresponding wild-type transcripts. "Stringent" conditions are defined herein as RNA:DNA hybridization conditions which may be performed at 65 ° C using a hybridization buffer equivalent to SO% formamide and O.1X SSC (see below and Evans et al.
PNAS (1994) 9; 6059-6063, 6060). "Stringent" conditions also preferably include stringent washes, as described in Evans et al. (Ibid).
15 The probe may be of any length but is preferably between S and SO
nucleotides long, more preferably between 10 and 30 nucleotides long. For example, the probe may be 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 nucleotides in length.
In a preferred embodiment the probe comprises a sequence complementary to a GAGA or GAGAX or to a CTCT or CTCTX, having a nucleotide or dinucleotide deletion or a o insertion, and nucleotide sequences corresponding to the nucleotide sequences flanking the GAGA or CTCT motif in the wild-type RNA molecule. It would be apparent to one skilled in the art that if reverse transcribed DNA complementary to the mutant RNA
sequence was being probed for, a probe comprising a sequence complementary to the corresponding GAGA
or CTCT motif present in the complementary DNA would have to be used.
2 s Methods of detecting the presence of the mutant RNA molecule include the reverse transcriptase polymerise chain reaction (RT-PCR) using primers having a sequence complementary to the sequence either side of the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation. Firstly, one primer is used to reverse transcribe the RNA into DNA, and secondly, two primers are used to amplify the DNA, as described hereinbelow.
3 0 ~ The primers used in the above RT-PCR based method can vary in size from 20bp to 2-3 kb; for example, 20bp, SObp, 100bp, SOObp, 1000bp, 1500bp, 2000bp, or 3000bp. The primers can be prepared by a number of standard techniques including cloning the sequences ~AIIFEaJtU Sti~tT
~-;. , ~_ , r , . .
to flanking the nucleotide region to be amplified or by synthesizing the primers using phosphoramidite method.
The present invention further provides primers for use in the above defined RT
PCR based methods for the amplification of the nucleotide region containing the mutation.
Preferably, when analyzing the sample for the mutant protein of the present invention an immunological test is employed. The immunological test is preferably based on the use an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein of the present invention and not the wild-type protein.
The present invention thus further provides an antibody molecule having to specificity for the mutated protein of the present invention but not for the wild-type protein.
Preferably, the antibody is specific for the carboxy terminal end of the mutant protein.
The present invention further provides a method for the diagnosis of a neurodegenerative disease or other age-related diseases, or a method for the diagnosis of a person with a susceptibility for these diseases comprising: i. providing a body fluid or tissue i5 sample from a patient; and ii. analyzing the sample for the presence of an RNA molecule of the neuronal system having a frameshift mutation or a protein encoded thereby, wherein the presence of the mutated RNA molecule is indicative of a neurodegenerative disease.
Preferably, the neurodegenerative disease is AD and Downs' syndrome.
The present invention also relates to methods for preventing and/or treating the a o diseases, vectors for preventing and/or treating the diseases and for the production of diagnostic reagents, compositions for preventing and/or treating the diseases, nucleic acid sequences, probes and antibody molecules for use in the present invention and transgenic animals.
Therapies contemplated according to the invention include providing to a cell as containing a mutant transcript a ribozyme which is capable of selectively eliminating (i.e., cleaving) the mutant transcript, thus rendering the transcript untranslatable.
The therapies also may include providing to a cell which is thus treated with a ribozyme a corresponding wild-type transcript which is substantially uncleavable by the ribozyme. The wild-type transcript may contain the wild-type sequence corresponding to the 3 o mutant RNA sequence, except for the GAGA or CTCT permutation, and encoding the wild-type protein, and also may include third base (in a codon) silent mutations which further differentiate the wild-type RNA from the mutant RNA sequence, and thus further distinguish ~Mt:;~"J~U ~~~~1 the sequences with respect to ribozyme recognition and cleavage.
Therapies encompassed by the invention also include providing to cells containing a mutant RNA, an RNA or DNA that is complementary to the mutant RNA and able to form a duplex with the mutant RNA that is untranslatable in the cell. The complementary s sequence may be the entire length of the mutant RNA, but is preferably a shorter length, for example, 10, 20, 50 or 100 nucleotides in length. The complementary sequence thus may be administered in the form of an oligonucleotide or may be encoded by an expressible sequence contained in a vector, wherein the vector is administered to the cell.
The invention therefore encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising 1 o a ribozyrne that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT
mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation and a wild-type analog of an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT sequence giving rise to a frameshift is mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a wild-type analog of an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT sequence giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition wherein the wild-z o type analog of an RNA comprises a nucleotide sequence having third base silent mutations.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a single stranded nucleic acid having a sequence that is complementary to an RNA
having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
25 The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising the wild-type analog of a mutant protein in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a vector comprising an expressible gene encoding a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT
sequence.
The invention also encompasses a vector comprising an expressible gene encoding s o a sequence complementary to an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The invention also encompasses a host cell containing a vector as described A~~~.~mr(1 CL~~''~' r~ r r _ r ~ r r ,. ._ ~ . - r _ ,, r r ..
.. , r r herein.
The invention also encompasses a method of treatment and/or prevention of a disease caused by or associated with an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation, comprising administering the compositions, vectors, or the host s cells described above to a patient suffering from or susceptible to the disease.
The invention also encompasses the use of a vector encoding a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation under the control of a promoter in therapy.
The invention also encompasses the use of a vector encoding a ribozyme under to the control of a promoter in the manufacture of a composition for the treatment of a disease caused by or associated with at least one an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT
mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The invention also encompasses the use of a vector encoding the sequence complementary to an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a is frameshift mutation under the control of a promoter in therapy.
The invention also encompasses the use of more than one of the compositions, the vectors, or the host cells described above in any combination in therapy.
The invention also encompasses the use of more than one of the compositions, the vectors, or the host cells described herein in any combination in the treatment and/or 2 o prevention of a disease caused by or associated with at least one an RNA
having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The present invention further provides an early marker for a neurodegenerative disease. The invention provides a diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving 2 s rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. a nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule which encompasses the mutation which leads to the frameshift mutation and packaging materials therefor; and ii.
means for detecting the probe bound to the mutant RNA molecule.
The present invention further provides a diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease 3 o caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. primers for use in an RT-PCR
reaction, the primers having a sequence complementary to the sequence either side of the j~;IVit.l'~~~f.) ::.~'si.-:i~l .. ~ r ~ - ~
r r ~ r - , .- ~_ ,, .. _ mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation, packaging materials therefor, and reagents necessary for performing an RT-PCR reaction and amplifying the DNA
sequence containing the mutation; and ii. means for detecting the amplified DNA
sequence containing the mutation.
s The present invention further provides a diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein of the present invention and not the wild-type protein; and ii. means for detecting the antibody molecule bound to the mutant protein.
to The antibody molecule and the means for detecting the bound antibody molecule are as defined above.
In a further embodiment of the present invention the diagnostic kit described above additionally comprising: i. an antibody molecule having specificity for the wild-type protein; and ii. means for detecting the antibody molecule bound to the wild-type protein, as is a control for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The present invention further provides an RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation which causes or is associated with a disease.
a o The invention further provides several (one or more) RNA molecules encoding the same amino acid sequence up to the GAGA or CTCT motif, and thereafter encoding different sequences. For example, in a single cell, one RNA molecule encoding a frameshifted protein based on, for example, ~3-app, may contain a mutation at or within the GAGA motif in exon 9 of the RNA sequence and a second RNA molecule encoding ~3-app z s may contain a mutation at or within the GAGA motif in exon 10 of the sequence.
The present invention further provides a mutated protein encoded by the mutated RNA molecule found to be indicative of a disease, the mutant RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation. Preferably, the mutant protein contains an antigenic epitope specific for the diseased state, examples of which are provided 3 o in Table 9.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mutated RNA molecule encodes a protein comprising at least part of the sequence designated +1 or +2 in any one of ,y-lFi~ ~H~~'1 ,A.~is~8~, r , . , . , . , ~ r r - .. .. '. . _ .-. , - r _ ;_ _ r, r Figures 2 to 19, or an immunologically equivalent fragment thereof.
In a preferred embodiment the mutated protein comprises any one of the following individual sequences: RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1]; HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID NO:
2]; YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3J; RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4];
s YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400]; GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5], GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ ID NO: 6]; KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID NO: 7]; PGNRSMGHE [SEQ
ID NO: 8]; EAEGGSRS [SEQ ID NO: 9]; VGAARDSRAA [SEQ ID NO: 10];
HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID NO: 11]; SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12]; VEKPGERGGR [SEQ ID
NO: 13]; PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID NO: 14J; EDRGDAGWRGH [SEQ ID NO: 15];
to QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16]; RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD [SEQ ID NO: 17];
AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18]; YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ ID NO: 20; QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ
ID NO: 21]; PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22]; RSWVHPAPPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO:
23]; and GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24], especially when the disease is a neurodegenerative is disease such as AD.
In a preferred embodiment, the antibody molecule of the present invention has affinity for the mutant proteins defined above.
The present invention also relates to a method for treating and/or preventing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript a o mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation. The finding of mutations in RNA molecules which lead to the production of mutant proteins, and which are indicative of a disease, has led to a number of ways of treating and/or preventing the disease.
The present invention further provides a method for identifying diseases caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations a s giving rise to a frameshift mutation. The method comprises: i. providing the sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease; ii.
identifying the sequence of the mutant protein encoded by the RNA sequence 3'-terminal to a frameshift mutation; iii. preparing a probe to the mutant protein or a fragment thereof;
and iv. probing a body fluid or tissue sample from a patient having the disease and a patient not having the s o disease, in order to find a correlation between the presence of the mutant protein and the diseased state.
Preferably, the probe is an antibody molecule as defined herein. It is further A~it~~~~~~i~ ~~riL~Ei~
. . ' ' ~ ~ ~ ~ r ' r . ,. r , , . r preferred that the antibody molecule has affinity for a protein comprising at least one of the sequences: RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1]; HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID NO: 2];
YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3J; RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4];
YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400]; GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5], s GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ )D NO: 6]; KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID NO: 7]; PGNRSMGHE [SEQ
ID NO: 8]; EAEGGSRS [SEQ ID NO: 9]; VGAARDSRAA [SEQ ID NO: 10];
HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID N0: 11]; SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12]; VEKPGERGGR [SEQ ID
NO: 13J; PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID N0: 14]; EDRGDAGWRGH [SEQ ID NO: 15);
QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16]; RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD [SEQ 117 NO: 17];
to AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18]; YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ )D NO: 20; QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ
ID NO: 21]; PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22]; RSWVHPAPPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO:
23J; and GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24J, especially when the disease is a neurodegenerative disease such as AD.
1 s Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following description of the preferred embodiments thereof, and from the claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
The invention is now illustrated in the appended example with reference to the z o following drawings:
Figure 1 is a copy of a paraffin section (6 ~m thick) of the frontal cortex of a ~!. ~~~r~ ~
female Alzheimer patient (70 years old, #83002; Table 2) immunocytochemically incubated with an antibody against a peptide predicted by the + 1 reading frame of (3APP
(Figure 20).
The hallmarks of A.D., dystrophic neurites (arrowheads) and tangles (arrows), are clearly as visible in the cortical layer III. RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1] = Amy+' (see Table 9).
1- ; ~, .1 ' Figure 2 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human [i amyloid precursor protein gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 25], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 83 and 84J, the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
50-82] and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 26-49].
3 o Figure 3 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human microtubule-associated protein tau gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 85], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein (SEQ 1D NO: 99], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 86-98J and _.__. _..,..~,.-.w__.. ..... ...-._~._..~._.- ~~~h~~~ y~r~~
f .- r . r r r [ r i ~ r r . ~ r . ~ , ~ , - , the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 100-112].
Figure 4 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human ubiquitin B gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 113], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID
NO: 125 and 126], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 114-124] and the mutant s + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 127-136J.
Figure 5 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human apolipoprotein E
gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 137], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ
ID NO: 144-146], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 138-143] and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 147-152]. Information concerning restriction enzyme 1 o sites is also given.
Figure 6 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human microtubule-associated protein 2 transcript [SEQ ID NO: 153], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 154-158], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
232-347]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 159-231).
is Figure 7 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human neurofilament subunit NF-low transcript [SEQ ID NO: 348], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 466-513], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
413-465]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ 117 NO: 349-412J.
Figure 8 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human neurofilament 2 o subunit NF-M transcript [SEQ ID NO: 514], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 515-574], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 629-695]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 575-628].
Figure 9 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human neurofilament subunit NF-H gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 696], the amino acid sequence of the wild~type 25 protein [SEQ ID NO: 697-698], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
708-710]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 699-707].
Figure 10 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 711 ] and amino acid sequence of presenilin I expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO:
712], +1 [SEQ
ID NO: 733-753], and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 713-732] reading frames.
3 o Figure 11 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ 1D NO: 754]and amino acid sequence of presenilin II expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 776-787], +1 [SEQ 1D
NO: 755-775], and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 788-814] reading frames.
,~io ~.
4 ~~L::~ ~ ~;i'!
,. ,- r ~ ! o Figure 12 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 81 S] and amino acid sequence of Big Tau expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 816-818], +1 [SEQ
ID NO: 824-834] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 819-823] reading frames.
Figure 13 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ m NO: 835] and s amino acid sequence of GFAP expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 836-852], +1 [SEQ
ID NO: 883-914], and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 853-882] reading frames.
Figure 14 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 915] and amino acid sequence of P53 expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 940-949], +1 [SEQ ID
NO: 916-939] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 950-965] reading frames.
to Figure 15 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 966]
and amino acid sequence of BCL2 expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 967-1015], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1075-1126] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 1016-1074] reading frames.
Figure 16 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 1127]
and amino acid sequence of Semaphorin III expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID
NO: 1128 15 1131], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1162-1212] and +2 [SEQ 1D NO: 1132-1161] reading frames.
Figure 17 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ 1D NO: 1213]
and amino acid sequence of HUFF expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 1241-1244], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1214-1240] and +2 [SEQ 117.N0: 1245-1281]reading frames.
Figure 18 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 1282]
2 o and amino acid sequence of HMG expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 1297-1299], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1289-1296] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 1283-1288] reading frames.
Figure 19 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 1300]
and amino acid sequence of NSP-A expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 1374-1387], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1339-1373), and +2 reading frames [SEQ ID N0: 1301-1338]. --2 s Figure 20 presents the partial mRNA nucleotide sequence and amino acid !
sequence of two human neuronal proteins ((3 amyloid precursor protein (exons 9 and 10) and i i ~ ', Ubiquitin B (exon 2)) expressed in the wildtype and +1 reading frame. 'Number of GAGAG '° '.'' ~
motifs: 7. PredictedVmolecular weight of truncated protein 38 kDa.[30]. ~~ ~
;., '' ZNumber of GAGAG motifs: 2. Predicted molecular weight of truncated protein 11 KDa s o (monomer),and. expressed in brain [31,32].T ~ exon 9/10 junction- ~' Figure 21: Two examples of novel restriction sites generated by dinucleotide A
, J , , deletion in transcripts of (3 amyloid precursor protein and ubiquitin B (wild-type nucleotide p - J
1,~;i.l ~~~~v r r - f ~.
r , ~ r r . - . r . , sequences, [SEQ 117 NO: 25 and 113];~i amyloid precursor protein deletion sequences [SEQ
ID NO: 1396 and 1397]; ubiquitin deletion sequences [SEQ )D NO: 1398-1399]. In general, a mutation in the nucleotide sequence can result in changes in the restriction enzyme ~.V
recognition sites of the sequence. The GA deletion in exon 9 of ~i-APP and the GT deletion s in the first repeat of of Ubi-B do not alter the restriction map of the sequence down- and upstream of the deletion. However, due to the GA deletion in exon 10 of (3-APP
an MslI site is created at the site of the deletion (Figs. 21A and 21B).
In the Ubi-B sequence the CT deletion in the second repeat leads to the loss of a Hin4-I and BstX-I site and the creation of a Cje-I site upstream and the creation of a BsR-I and a TspR-I
io site downstream the deletion site (Fig. 21-5-8).
The invention is illustrated by the following nonlimiting examples wherein the following materials and methods are employed. The entire disclosure of each of the literature i5 references cited hereinafter are incorporated by reference herein.
The present invention is based on the discovery that frameshift mutations occur in a single RNA molecule or number of RNA molecules whose product or products are mutant proteins that are associated with, and indicative of, a disease state.
The invention is based on the recognition that the presence of a frameshift mutation results in a new coding z o sequence for the cell containing the frameshift mutation, and thus a new polypeptide (herein termed a mutant protein) which may be correlated with and thus be indicative of a disease.
According to the present invention, diagnosis and/or identification of a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations which give rise to a frameshift mutation is accomplished as described herein:
z s According to the present invention, methods for preventing and/or treating the diseases, vectors for preventing and/or treating the diseases and for the production of diagnostic reagents, compositions for preventing and/or treating the diseases, nucleic acid sequences, probes and antibody molecules for use in the present invention and transgenic animals are accomplished as described herein.
s o According to the present invention, methods for detecting errors in transcriptional mechanisms are accomplished as described herein. The correction of the mutations found in the mutant RNA molecules of the present invention is therefore a valuable method for AfJ#E~L~~~ ~~~Ef y , .. _ , combatting diseases.
Methods and reagents for disease diagnosis and treatment are described in more detail hereinbelow.
s Diagnosis of Diseases According to the Invention The invention relates to methods for diagnosing diseases caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations which give rise to a frameshift mutation. Such diseases include but are not limited to cancers, Diabetes mellitus type II and neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson's Disease (PD), Alzheimer's Disease to (AD), frontal lobe dementia (Pick's Disease), progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) and other diseases with abundant tau-positive filamentous lesions such as Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia pugilistica, Dementia with tangles only, Dementia with tangles and calcification, Frontotemporal dementias with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Gertsmann-Strassler-Scheinker disease with tangles, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease type C, is Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Postencephalitic Parkinsonism, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's Disease, dementia with Lewy bodies, multisystem atrophy, other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin such as Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and during aging Marinesco bodies and Hyaline inclusions, multiple sclerosis, Downs' syndrome, and other a o degenerative diseases such as cardiovascular diseases rheumatoid arthritis, and Diabetes mellitus type II.
Somatic mutations can result in a different gene function and have been implicated in diseases associated with aging, such as certain cancers. However, it has generally been assumed that non-proliferating cells do not undergo important changes at the genomic level.
2 5 For example, it was assumed previously that genomic changes are mainly related to cell proliferation (Smith, Mutation Research, 2Z2, pp 139-142, 1992) which for non-proliferating cells such as most neurons ends during early postnatal life (Rakic, Science, 2.ZZ, pp 1054-1056, 1985). However, Evans et al., 1994, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 91:6059, suggested that somatic mutations do occur in genes of the neuronal system, i.e., in post-mitotic neurons. The 3 o di/di Brattleboro rat, which suffers from severe diabetes insipidus due to the absence of the antidiuretic hormone vasopressin (VP), was the subject of the Evans et al.
paper. It had previously been established that the VP hormone was absent in the Brattleboro rat due to a J~j~~i'e~.'tlJ ~r~'I~CT
~ ._ . _ ; ; - ~ . , _ _. ,_ ,. ~. ~ ,.. ~ ,. .. - -deletion of a single G residue in the second exon of the VP gene, resulting in a mutant VP
precursor with an altered C-terminal amino acid sequence. It had also been observed that a small number of neurons in the di/di rat exhibited a heterozygous +/di phenotype and expressed an apparently normal VP gene product. In studying the molecular biology of the s di/di rat, Evans et al. identified sequence alterations that restored the reading frame of the mutant VP precursor mRNA, which were based on a di-nucleotide deletion in a GAGAG
motif. They correlated the presence of small amounts of normal VP gene product in single magnocellular neurons with a reversion of the mutant gene stemming from a frameshift mutation. Evans et al. concluded that, because +1 frameshift mutations are present in VP
io transcripts of both wild-type rats and di/di rats, the events leading to these mutations are not caused by the diseased state of the di/di rat per se. Thus, Evans et al. did not correlate a mutational GAGAG hotspot with a disease state, or predeliction to a disease.
Furthermore, there is no suggestion in the prior art that transcript mutations are occurring and that such transcript mutations are caused by or associated with a disease. As the mutations have i5 previously been considered to occur in DNA, methods of detection have been unreliable as there will be no mutation in the genomic DNA and the probing of genomic DNA
will give a false indication of the absence of the mutation.
In the present invention, the observations of Evans et al., as to reversions in the wild-type reading frame at GAGAG hotspots in VP transcripts within single neurons of the 2 o di/di rat leading to wild-type-like VP gene products, is extended and developed. According to the present invention, a human disease which is caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations occurring at a mutational hotspot and which give rise to a frameshift mutation is identified and/or diagnosed. The nucleotide sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease 1S provided, e.g., from published gene sequences or from cloning and sequencing of a suspect RNA molecule. The amino acid sequence encoded by the RNA molecule is then predicted, as are amino acid sequences of encoded mutant proteins. Mutant protein sequences are predicted in +1 and +2 reading frames following a hypothesized frameshift mutation. The location of the frameshift mutation may be hypothesized with respect to certain nucleotide 3 o sequence motifs which are suspected of causing frameshift mutations, examples of such motifs present in the RNA molecule including but not limited to those comprising GAGA, for example, GAGAC, GAGAG, GAGAT, and GAGAA, or those comprising CTCT, for ~~iu~i~ u~~.~;
example CTCTC, CTCTG, CTCTA and CTCTT.
A probe is then prepared that is specific for the mutant protein or an immunogenic fragment thereof (such probes being described hereinabove for detection of proteins or protein fragments). Depending on where the mutation that leads to the frameshift occurs, part of the s mutant protein will have the same sequence as the wild-type protein and part of the protein will have the sequence of the mutant protein. Furthermore, depending on where the mutation occurs the mutant protein will terminate when the nucleotide sequence codes for a stop codon (indicated as * in the Figures). Thus, different mutant proteins will be produced depending on where the mutation occurs.
to Alzheimer's Disease (AD) is a representative disease diagnosable and treatable according to the invention. AD is a neurodegenerative disease characterised by idiopathic progressive dementia and is the fourth highest major cause of death in developed countries.
It affects 5 to 11 % of the population over the age of 65 and as much as 47%
of the population over the age of 85. At present there are an estimated 4 million patients suffering from AD in is the U.S.A. (see Coleman, Neurobiol. of Aging, 1~, Suppl. 2, pp 577-578, 1994), and an estimated 20 million Alzheimer's patients worldwide.
The clinical criteria for AD diagnosis have been defined (see Reisberg et al., Am.
J. Psych. 12, pp 1136-1139, 1982; McKhann et al., Neurology, ~4, pp 939-944, 1984). The early symptoms of AD vary but generally include depression, paranoia and anxiety. There 2 o is also a slow degeneration of intellectual function and memory. In particular, cognitive dysfunction and specific disturbances of speech (aphasia), motor activity (apraxia), and recognition of perception (agnosia) can occur.
There is not yet general consensus in a test for ante mortem diagnosis for AD
due to the lack of knowledge of the pathogenic mechanisms involved in AD.
Diagnosis of AD
2 s is made by examination of brain tissue. Such diagnosis is usually carned out on individuals post mortem. The diagnosis is based on the presence of a large number of intraneuronal neurofibrillary tangles and of neuritic plaques in the brain tissue, in particular in the neocortex and hippocampus. In order to identify the various types of plaques (e.g.
neuritic plaques), neuropil threads and neurofibrillary tangles, staining and microscopic examination of several 3 o brain tissue sections is necessary. Neuritic plaques are believed to be composed of degenerating axons (e.g., neuropil threads), nerve terminals and possibly astrocytic and microglial elements. It is also often found that neuritic plaques have an amyloid protein core.
~~.~Lci~ ~'~~~~
y ..
The neurofibrillary tangles comprise normal and paired helical filaments and are believed to consist of several proteins.
There are two major types of AD, late onset (>65 years) and early onset (<65 years). Approximately 85% of all AD cases are late onset and only 15% are early onset. Of s the latter group 0.3% consists of the hereditary type of AD linked to chromosome 21, 2% of the cases are considered to be linked to chromosome 14, and chromosome 1 has been established for juvenile onset (<0.1%), as discussed below. Sporadic cases are the most prominent group (40%) in early onset AD.
In the most common late onset group, 40% of cases are considered to be familial, i o meaning that Alzheimer was observed in first degree relatives. Of this familial form only 10%
is autosomal dominant. The remaining late onset cases (60%) are non-familial or "sporadic"
cases (see Table 1). For these cases relatively little is known and previously no data was available which suggested a possible cause of AD.
At present, it is unclear whether the formation of neuritic plaques and/or i5 neurofibrillary tangles is directly responsible for causing AD. The formation of neuritic plaques, neuropil threads and/or neurofibrillary tangles may be a consequence of a more fundamental cellular or biochemical change.
Diagnostic methods of the invention will include the detection of nucleic acid sequences, preferably via procedures which involve formation of a nucleic acid duplex 2 o between two nucleic acid strands, i.e., a nucleic acid probe and a complementary sequence in the mutant RNA or the DNA reverse transcribed from the mutant RNA isolated from a biological sample, or detection of a protein, preferably a mutant or hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, as defined herein.
2s 1. Preparation and Detection of RNA for Genetic Screening.
Typically, RNA is prepared from the biological sample by DNA extraction procedures well-known in the art (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1990, A
Laboratory Manual for Cloning, Cold Spring Harbor Press, CSH, N~, and may be further purified if desired, e.g., by electro-elution, prior to analysis.
3 o Methods of detecting a mutant RNA molecule from a biological sample include, but are not limited to the following: (1) reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) followed by sizing gel electrophoresis or hybridization with an allele-specific (or A~i~I~~ED ~~i~~T
sequence-specific) probe; (2) hybridization of the eluted RNA with a nucleic acid probe that is complementary to the mutated RNA; (3) the ARMS test, in which one primer has a complementary sequence encompassing the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation, and amplification only occurs if the mutated sequence is present;
(4) nucleotide sequencing; (5) RNA amplification via RT-PCR and T7 polymerase; and (6) by a dinucleotide deletion in the RNA after RT-PCR a cDNA can be generated with novel restriction sites (Figure 21 ).
A nucleic acid probe useful according to the invention is preferably sufficiently complementary to the mutant sequence of the RNA molecule so that under stringent 1 o conditions the probe only remains bound to the mutant sequence (see Evans et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, 91:6059-6063 (1994). The probe is preferably labelled using any of the standard techniques known to those skilled in the art, such as radioactively using 32P or any other standard isotopes, or using non-radioactive methods including biotin or DIG labelling.
The labelled probe can then be easily detected by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
An alternative method for detecting the presence of the mutant RNA molecule is via the reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). Primers having a sequence complementary to the sequence either side of the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation are used to reverse transcribe the RNA and amplify the reverse transcribed DNA
2 o containing the mutation. The mutation in the amplified fragment can then be detected using the probe described above using standard techniques or by sequencing the amplified fragment.
The advantages of using the RT-PCR reaction is that less starting material is required and the PCR methods allow quantitative as well as qualitative determinations to be made.
Quantitative determinations allow the number of copies of a mutated RNA
molecule present 2 s in a particular sample to be estimated, and given this information the severity of the diseased state can be estimated.
Another alternative method for detecting the presence of the mutant RNA
molecule is one in which one primer has a complementary sequence encompassing the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation. Amplification will therefore only occur 3 o if the mutated sequence is present. Newton et al., Nucl. Acids. Res.
17:2503, 1989. The method has previously been used in detecting mutations in the gene responsible for cystic fibrosis, and one skilled in the art could easily perform this test for the detection of the mutant r r ~ r r . , r r . r ~ r r t~ r RNA or the reverse transcribed DNA corresponding to the mutant RNA of the present invention.
An example of analysis method (1) follows. The RNA is reverse transcribed and the DNA then amplified, e.g., using PCR, prior to analysis. Specific conditions for any one s PCR, i.e. a PCR targeting a particular sequence, or for any one multiplex PCR, i.e. a PCR
targeting a particular set of sequences, may vary but will be known to a person of ordinary skill in the art.
Amplification of a mutated or wild-type reverse transcribed DNA sequence can be accomplished directly from an aliquot of the prepared DNA as follows.
i o 25 ul of DNA is aliquotted into a reaction tube containing 25 ~1 H20, 50 ~1 master mix (see below), 0.5 pl Amplitaq (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, CT) and 0.5 ~.1 UNG (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, CT). A 50 pl master mix comprises 20 mM Tris HCI, pH
8.3, 100 mM KCI, S mM MgClz, 0.02 pmoles each of dATP, dGTP, dCTP, 0.04 moles of dUTP, pmoles of each primer (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, CT), and 25 ~g gelatin.
is A fragment characteristic of the selected amplification sequence can then be visualized under ultraviolet light after ethidium bromide staining a 13%
polyacrylamide gel in which an aliquot of the amplification has been electrophoresed.
Alternatively, hybridization with allele-specific probes can identify the presence of amplified product from either the normal and/or mutant alleles.
2. Preparation and Detection of Protein for Genetic Screening.
Where the biological molecule to be analyzed is a protein, it may be desirable to release the nucleic acid from biological sample cells prior to protein elution, or to remove 2 s nucleic acid from the sample eluate prior to protein analysis. Thus, the sample or eluate may first be treated to release or remove the nucleic acid by mechanical disruption (such as freeze/thaw, abrasion, sonication), physical/chemical disruption, such as treatment with detergents (e.g., Triton, Tween, or sodium dodecylsulfate), osmotic shock, heat, enzymatic lysis (lysozyme, proteinase K, pepsin, etc.), or nuclease treatment, all according to 3 o conventional methods well known in the art.
Where a biological sample includes a mutant protein, the presence or absence of which is indicative of a genetic disease, the protein may be detected using conventional A~~E~t?~D ~HE~T
detection assays, e.g., using protein-specific probes such as an antibody probe. Similarly, where a genetic disease correlates with the presence or absence of an amino acid or sequence of amino acids, these amino acids may be detected using conventional means, e.g., an antibody which is specific for the native or mutant sequence (see Table 9 for examples of s amino acid sequences present in mutant proteins).
Any of the antibody reagents useful in the method of the present invention may comprise whole antibodies, antibody fragments, polyfunctional antibody aggregates, or in general any substance comprising one or more specific binding sites from an antibody. The antibody frabalnents may be fragments such as Fv, Fab and F(ab')Z fragments or any io derivatives thereof, such as a single chain Fv fragments. The antibodies or antibody fragments may be non-recombinant, recombinant or humanized. The antibody may be of any immunoglobulin isotype, e.g., IgG, IgM, and so forth. In addition, aggregates, polymers, derivatives and conjugates of immunoglobulins or their fragments can be used where appropriate.
i5 The immunoglobulin source for an antibody reagent can be obtained in any manner such as by preparation of a conventional polyclonal antiserum or by preparation of a monoclonal or a chimeric antibody. Antiserum can be obtained by well-established techniques involving immunization of an animal, such as a mouse, rabbit, guinea pig or goat, with an appropriate immunogen.
Preparation of Antibodies 1. Polyclonal antibodies.
The peptide or polypeptide may be conjugated to a conventional carrier (e.g.
thyroglobulin) in order to increases its immunogenicity, and antisera to the peptide-Garner conjugate is raised in rabbits. Coupling of a peptide to a Garner protein and immunizations are performed as described (Dymecki, S.M., et al., J. Biol. Chem 267:4815-4823, 1992).
Rabbit antibodies against this peptide are raised and the sera titered against peptide antigen by ELISA or alternatively by dot or spot blotting (Boersma and Van Leeuwen, 1994, Jour.
Neurosci. Methods 51:317. At the same time, the antisera may be used in tissue sections.
3 o The sera is shown to react strongly with the appropriate peptides by ELISA, following the procedures of Green et al., Cell, 28, 477-487 (1982). The sera exhibiting the highest titer is used in subsequent experiments.
AMENDED SH~~T
2. Monoclonal antibodies.
Techniques for preparing monoclonal antibodies are, well known, and monoclonal antibodies of this invention may be prepared using a synthetic peptide, preferably bound to a carrier, as described by Arnheiter et al., Nature, 294, 278-280 (1981).
s Monoclonal antibodies are typically obtained from hybridoma tissue cultures or from ascites fluid obtained from animals into which the hybridoma tissue was introduced.
Nevertheless, monoclonal antibodies may be described as being "raised to" or "induced by"
the synthetic peptides or their conjugates.
Particularly preferred immunological tests rely on the use of either monoclonal io orpolyclonal antibodies and include enzyme linked immunoassays (ELISA), immunoblotting, immunoprecipitation and radioimmunoassays. See Voller, A., Diagnostic Horizons 2:1-7, 1978, Microbiological Associates Quarterly Publication, Walkersville, MD;
Voller, A. et al., J. Clin. Pathol. 31:507-520 (1978); U.S. Reissue Pat. No. 31,006; UK Patent 2,019,408;
Butler, J.E., Meth. Enzymol. 73:482-523 (1981); Maggio, E. (ed.), Enzyme Immunoassay, 15 CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1980) or radioimmunoassays (RIA) (Weintraub, B., Princi of radis~~mmun~aas~, Seventh Training Course on Radioligand Assay Techniques, The Endocrine Society, March 1986, pp. 1-5, 46-49 and 68-78). For analyzing tissues for the presence of the mutant protein of the present invention, immunohistochemistry techniques are preferably used. It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that the antibody molecule will 2 o have to labelled to facilitate easy detection of mutant protein.
Techniques for labelling antibody molecules are well known to those skilled in the art (see Harlour and Lane, Antibodies, Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory, pp 1-726, 1989).
Alternatively, sandwich hybridization techniques may be used, e.g., an antibody specific for a given protein. In addition, an antibody specific for a haptenic group conjugated 25 to the binding protein can be used. Another sandwich detection system useful for detection is the avidin or streptavidin system, where a protein specific for the detectable protein has been modified by addition of biotin. In yet another embodiment, the antibody may be replaced with a non-immunoglobulin protein which has the property of binding to an immunoglobulin molecule, for example Staphylococcal protein A or Streptococcal protein G, 3 o which are well-known in the art. The protein may either itself be detectable labeled or may be detected indirectly by a detectable labeled secondary binding protein, for example, a second antibody specific for the first antibody. Thus, if a rabbit-anti-hybrid wild-k~t~:~~~~r~u ~NE~T
type/nonsense protein antibody serves as the first binding protein, a labeled goat-anti-rabbit immunoglobulin antibody would be a second binding protein.
In another embodiment, the signal generated by the presence of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein is amplified by reaction with a specific antibody for that fusion protein s (e.g., an anti-~3-galactosidase antibody) which is detectably labeled. One of ordinary skill in the art can devise without undue experimentation a number of such possible first and second binding protein systems using conventional methods well-known in the art.
Alternatively, other techniques can be used to detect the mutant proteins, including chromatographic methods such as SDS PAGE, isoelectric focusing, Western to blotting, HPLC and capillary electrophoresis.
Identification of Diseases According to the Invention The invention provides methods for identifying diseases caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations which give rise to is a frameshift mutation.
Diseases are identified according to the invention as follows. The nucleotide sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease is provided, e.g., from published gene sequences or from cloning and sequencing of a suspect gene. The amino acid sequence encoded by the RNA is then predicted, as are amino acid 2 o sequences of encoded mutant proteins. Mutant protein sequences are predicted in +1 and +2 reading frames following a hypothesized frameshift mutation. The location of the frameshift mutation may be hypothesized with respect to certain nucleotide sequence motifs in the RNA
molecule, examples of such motifs including, but not limited to, GAGA, for example, GAGAC, GAGAG, GAGAT, and GAGAA, or CTCT, for example CTCTG, CTCTC, 2 s CTCTA and CTCTT.
A probe is then prepared that is specific for the mutant protein or an immunogenic fragment thereof (such probes being described hereinabove for detection of proteins or protein fragments). Depending on where the mutation that leads to the frameshift occurs, part of the mutant protein will have the same sequence as the wild-type protein and part of the protein 3 o will have the sequence of the mutant protein. Furthermore, depending on where the mutation occurs the mutant protein will terminate when the nucleotide sequence codes for a stop codon (indicated as * in the Figures). Thus, different mutant proteins will be produced depending A~~~'~~.~D S~E~3 r; _ on where the mutation occurs.
The simplest method of probing for the presence of a particular mutant protein is to make an antibody to that protein or an immunogenic portion thereof. An immunogenic fragment may be synthesized corresponding to the C-terminus of the predicted mutant s proteins because even if the mutation occurred at another position in the sequence, the probability that the derived mutant protein contains the peptide sequence is increased. For example, in the ~3-App encoding RNAs, two different transcript modifications have occurred (i.e., at two different GAGA motifs) which result in two frameshifted proteins having identical C-terminal sequences. Furthermore, the C-terminal region of a protein is more likely io to form an epitope than other regions of the protein.
Once a probe is made, a biological sample from a patient having the disease and a biological sample from a patient not having the disease is probed for the presence or absence of the mutant protein, also as described above. Alternatively, several probes may be prepared and the combination of probes used to probe the tissue sample. The presence of the mutant is protein in a biological sample from a patient having the disease and the absence of said mutant protein in a biological sample from a patient not having the disease indicates that the mutant protein is a marker for the disease or susceptibility to the disease.
Treatment of Diseases According to the Invention 2 o The invention also relates to methods for preventing and/or treating diseases, vectors for preventing and/or treating the diseases, and compositions such as nucleic acid sequences and proteins for preventing and/or treating the diseases, which methods and compositions are useful in gene and protein therapies.
The invention includes methods of treatment and/or prevention of a disease caused 2 s by or associated with an RNA having a mutation in GAGA or CTCT giving rise to a frameshi$ mutation in which a ribozyme, a wild-type RNA, or both, an RNA or DNA that is complementary to the mutant RNA and capable of forming a hybrid with the mutant RNA, or a vector comprising a sequence encoding any of these sequences, or the wild-type form of a mutant protein, is administered to a patient suffering from or susceptible to the disease.
Preferred diseases which are treated according to the invention include but are not limited to cancer or a neurodegenerative disease, especially AD, the preferred mutant RNAs !~~~,~;~~;t1 u~iE~' of the present invention are those encoding the (3 amyloid precursor protein, the Tau protein, ubiquitin B, apolipoprotein-E4 (Apo-E~), micro-tubule associated protein II
(MAP 2), the neurofilament proteins (L, M, H), presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF, HMG and NSP-A, having a deletion, insertion or other modification s in the RNA leading to a frameshift mutation.
Ribozymes useful in treatment according to the present invention are preferably hammerhead ribozymes.
A pharmaceutical composition according to the invention will include a therapeutically effective amount of a ribozyme, the wild-type analog of the mutant RNA, or io both, or a DNA or RNA that is complementary to the mutant RNA and capable of forming a hybrid untranslatable sequence in vivo, in admixture with a carrier. A
therapeutically effective amount is considered that amount which, when administered to a patient, provides a therapeutic benefit to the patient. Such amounts will generally be in the range of 10 ug-100 mg of therapeutic proteinlkg body weight of the patient, preferably 50 ug-10 mg, and most i5 preferably 100 ug-1 mg.
Where vectors are useful according to the invention, the vector may be of linear or circular configuration and may be adapted for episomal or integrated existence in the host cell, as set out in the extensive body of literature known to those skilled in the art. The vectors may be delivered to cells using viral or non-viral delivery systems.
The choice of 2 o delivery system will depend on whether the substance is to be delivered to a selected central nervous system or neuronal cell type or generally to these cells.
Vectors of the present invention additionally may comprise further control sequences such as enhancers or locus control regions (LCS), in order to lead to more controlled expression of the encoded gene or genes. LCS are described in EP-A-0332667.
z s The inclusion of a locus control region (LC), is particularly preferred as it ensures the DNA
is inserted in an open state at the site of integration, thereby allowing expression of the gene or genes contained in the vector. The vectors of the present invention have a wide range of applications in ex vivo and in vivo gene therapy.
3 o Animal Models for Disease Diagnosis and Treatment According to the Invention The invention also includes stable cell lines and transgenic animals for use as p~A~~!n=n ~~~Fp disease models for testing or treatment.
A stable cell line or transgenic animal according to the invention will contain a recombinant gene or genes, also known herein as a transgene, encoding one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation which causes or is associated with a disease.
s The recombinant gene will encode an RNA encoding a mutated protein found to be indicative of a disease. Preferably, the mutant protein will contain an antigenic epitope specific for the diseased state. The recombinant gene may encode a protein comprising at least part of the sequence designated +1 or +2 in any one of Figures 2 to 9, or an immunologically equivalent fragment thereof.
i o A cell line containing a transgene encoding a mutant protein, as described herein, is made by introducing the transgene into a selected cell line according to any one of several procedures known in the art for introducing a foreign gene into a cell.
A transgenic animal containing such a transgene includes a rodent, such as a rat or mouse, or other mammals, such as a goat, a cow, etc. and may be made according to 1 s procedures well-known in the art.
Transgenic animals are useful according to the invention as disease models for the purposes of research into diseases caused by or associated with at least one gene encoding an RNA containing one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation, and therapies therefore. By specifically expressing one or more mutant genes, as defined above, the effect a o of such mutations on the development of the disease can be studied.
Furthermore, therapies including gene therapy and various drugs can be tested on the transgenic animals.
Recombinant genes introduced into an animal to make a transgenic animal useful in the invention will include those genes specifically disclosed herein, containing a dinucleotide deletion or insertion relative to the wildtype sequence of the gene, the 2 5 dinucleotide deletion or insertion being associated with the nucleotide sequence GAGA or CTCT; for example GAGAX or CTCTX, where X is one of G, A, T or C; such as GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT and GAGAA or CTCTG, CTCTC, CTCTT and CTCTA. Such transgenes will preferably contain a dinucleotide deletion which is an AG deletion or a GT deletion just adjacent to GAGAG (Figure 20), for example, one or two dinucleotide deletions associated 3 o with a GAGA, GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT, GAGAA leading to a + 1 or + 2 frameshift mutation respectively. In a similar manner, CTCTX can undergo the same deletion process (ACT).
~ric,.ucu ~nt,'tT
Recombinant transgenes containing such a mutation which are particularly useful in animal models of disease include those associated with neurodegenerative diseases, especially Alzheimer's disease, and include but are not limited to mutant gene sequences disclosed herein encoding mutant (3 amyloid precursor protein, the Tau protein, ubiquitin B, s apolipoprotein-E4 (Apo-E4), microtubule associated protein II (MAP 2), the neurofilament proteins (L, M, H), presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF, HMG and NSP-A (see also Tables 2-8).
It also is contemplated that transgenic animals of the invention may contain transgenes that are controlled via a regulatable and/or a regulated promoter such that the 1 o corresponding wildtype protein is expressed during selected stages of development and maturity of the animal and in a selected tissue, and the mutant gene is turned-on when desired.
This is particularly desirable where the animal model is of Alzheimer's disease, wherein the mutant protein begins to be expressed later in life of the animal. Thus, if the mutant gene is under the control of a brain-specific inducible promoter, e.g., a neurofilament, aldolase or is modified Thy-1 promoter, then onset of the disease may be controlled via expression of the mutant gene. Transgenic animals according to the invention may be generated to over-express a) human ~3 amyloid precursor protein +1, b) human ubiquitin +1 proteins, c) human neurofilament proteins.
z o Described below is an embodiment of the invention involving identification of transcript frameshift mutations in RNA molecules encoding proteins which are present in neuronal tissue, and how such mutations are useful in diagnosis of certain disease states.
The cDNA sequences coding for the human (3 amyloid precursor protein, Tau, ubiquitin, apolipoprotein E4, MAP 2, the neurofilament subunits low, medium and high, 2s presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF-I, HMG and NSP-A were obtained from various gene sequence databases.
Using the sequence data, the various GAGA or CTCT motifs in the sequences were identified, and deletions were hypothesized and the sequences of the derived mutant proteins predicted, as shown in Figures 2-19. Both the sequences of the +1 and +2 frameshift 3 o mutant proteins were predicted.
By examining the sequences of the hypothesized mutant proteins, a peptide corresponding to the C-terminus of the hypothesized mutant proteins was synthesized. The AA~~~a~n ar~r~-peptides were synthesized using standard techniques known to those skilled in the art. The peptides having the following sequences were synthesized: RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID
NO:
1]; HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID N0: 2); YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3];
RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4]; YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400];
s GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5], GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ ID NO: 6]; KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID
NO: 7]; PGNRSMGHE [SEQ ID NO: 8]; EAEGGSRS [SEQ 1D NO: 9]; VGAARDSRAA
[SEQ ID NO: 10]; HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID NO: 11]; SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12];
VEKPGERGGR [SEQ 117 NO: 13J; PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID NO: 14]; EDRGDAGWRGH
[SEQ ID NO: 15); QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16]; RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD
i o [SEQ ID NO: 17); AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18]; YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ ID NO: 20; QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ
ID NO: 21]; PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22]; RSWVHI'APPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO:
23]; and GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24].
Depending on where the mutation that leads to the frameshift occurs, part of the 15 mutant protein will have the same sequence as the wild-type protein and part of the protein will have the sequence of the mutant protein. Furthermore, depending on where the mutation occurs the mutant protein will terminate when the nucleotide sequence codes for a stop codon (indicated as * in the Figures). Thus different mutant proteins will be produced depending on where the mutation occurs.
2 o It is predicted that mutations will occur at GAGA or CTCT motifs in the cDNA
and the sequences of the mutant proteins predicted accordingly.
Peptides were synthesized corresponding to the C-terminus of the predicted mutant proteins because even if the mutation occurred at another position in the sequence the probability that the derived mutant protein contains the peptide sequence is increased.
2 s Furthermore, the C-terminus region of a protein is more likely to form an epitope than other regions of the protein.
The uniqueness of the synthesized peptides was confirmed by a gene sequence database search.
Each synthesized peptide was then injected into a rabbit and an antibody having 3 o affinity for the peptide purified. The techniques used to obtain the antibodies are standard techniques known to those skilled in the art.
The antibodies obtained were then tested on autopsy material of frontal cortex, pi~t~Ut:u ~ri r r r , .
r , r r r r .. ~. , .. r . -temporal lobe and hippocampus of neuropathologically confirmed AD cases and control non-AD cases. The presence of the antibodies is determined using standard detection methods known to those skilled in the art.
Figure 1 shows the presence of the ~3 amyloid precursor mutant protein ((3APP+') s in the frontal cortex of an Alzheimer patient identified using an antibody against a peptide predicted by the +1 reading frame of ~3 amyloid precursor protein. The antibody used had affinity for a peptide having the following sequence RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO:
1].
The results of other immunoreactive tests performed using the antibodies against the predicted peptides are shown in Tables 2-5.
io It can be seen that the presence of the mutant protein can be detected and correlates with the subject having AD. The presence of one or more of the mutant proteins can therefore be seen to be indicative of AD.
Table 6 summarizes the immunoreactivity results within the frontal cortex (area 11), temporal cortex (area 38) and the hippocampus.
15 Other diseases also may be correlated with the presence of mutant proteins, as defined herein. For example, seven patients with Downs' syndrome were tested according to the invention. Downs' syndrome is trisomy of chromosome 21 which leads to over-expression of (3-amyloid precursor protein. We noted that the frontal and temporal cerebral cortex and hippocampus of these patients contained plaques and neurofibrillary tangles, and a o hypothesized that such over-expression may promote accumulation of transcript mutations in neurons, by frameshift mutations at a GAGAG motif in the over-expressed (3-amyloid gene.
After immunocytochemical staining of tissue from frontal and temporal cerebral cortex from the Downs' patients with the above-described antibody specific for the amyloid +1 carboxy terminal peptide, immunoreactivity was observed in the neurofibrillary tangles in six of seven as patients. Staining was absent in the frontal cortex of the matched controls. Therefore, the mutant amyloid protein is correlated not only with Alzheimer's disease, but also with other diseases, such as Downs', involving Alzheimer's neuropathology.
It has been found that a number of the mutations occur at GAGA or CTCT motifs.
Table 7 shows the presence of the complementary GAGA motifs in various cDNAs of the 3 o neuronal system. The motif or, as can be seen from the sequences of Tau and apolipoprotein E4, similar motifs such as GAGAG GAGAC, GAGAA, and GAGAT (in the cDNA) may be associated with the frameshift mutations that lead to or are associated with the disease. The ~r~t~w ;~r: ~ ~ h presence of the motif or similar motifs in other RNA molecules may indicate that they are relevant to a disease. It is also possible that other mutations occur that are not associated with such motifs but still lead to frameshift mutations that cause or are associated with a disease.
Table 8 shows the presence of GAGAC motifs in particular RNA molecules of s the neuronal system, namely ~iAPP, Tau and Ubiquitin. This table also indicates, inter alia, the chromosomal location of the genes from which the mutant RNA molecules are transcribed and the molecular weight of the longest polypeptide forms encoded by the RNA
molecules and the predicted size of the aberrant +1 peptide with its C-terminus against which the antibodies were raised. These peptides were revealed in a Western blot and also identified io with a different antibody recognizing an epitope on the unaffected wild-type N-terminus.
Synthetic polypeptides corresponding in sequence to a portion of a mutant protein (whether such peptides are chemically synthesized or are chemically or recombinantly 15 generated fragments of a protein), as described herein, will be usefi.~l according to the invention as antigenic peptides for generation of antibodies specific for a mutant protein, provided they possess the following characteristics. The synthetic peptide will include a minimum of 8 and preferably 12-15 amino acid residues, and an optimum length of 20-21 amino acids. The hydrophilicity and antigenic index of the amino acid sequence of the hybrid 2 o wild-type/nonsense protein may be determined by Analytical Biotechnology Sciences, Boston, MA, using computer programming. Potential synthetic peptides useful according to the invention include a stretch of 12-20 amino acids preferably within the carboxy terminal 100-150 amino acids of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein.
The amino acid sequence of a selected peptide is searched in a computer database as of sequences (e.g., GenBank) to preclude the possibility that at reasonable concentrations, antisera to any one peptide would specifically interact with any protein of a lrnown sequence.
Preferred sequences are those which are determined not to have a close homolog (i.e., "close"
meaning 80-100% identity).
3 o Detection of "Mutant" Prr,te~
Another embodiment of this invention relates to an assay for the presence of the "mutant" or mutant protein in a given tissue as indicative of a disease state.
Here, an above-pi~~~v~7't' U ~~~
described antibody is prepared. The antibody or idiotype-containing polyamide portion thereof is then admixed with candidate tissue and an indicating group. The presence of the naturally occurnng amino acid sequence is ascertained by the formation of an immune reaction, as signalled by the indicating group. Candidate tissues include any tissue or cell line 5 or bodily fluid to be tested for the presence of the mutant protein, as described hereinabove.
Expression of a given hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein may be investigated using antiserum prepared in rabbits against a peptide corresponding to a carboxy terminal stretch of amino acids in the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein as follows.
CMK cells or U3T3 cells are metabolically labeled with 35S-methionine and io extracts are immunoprecipitated with antiserum. If the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein is present in the cells, then a protein species of corresponding molecular weight will be detected in CMK and U3T3 cells. The protein may be localized to the membrane, nucleus or cytoplasm by Western blot analysis of the nuclear, membrane and cytoplasmic fractions, as generally described in Towbin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 76, 4350-4354 (1979). This i5 localization may be confirmed by immunofluorescence analysis to be associated mainly with the plasma membrane.
Metabolic labeling immunoprecipitation, and immunolocalization assays are performed as described previously (Furth, M.E., et al., Oncogene 1:47-58, 1987; Laemmli, U.K., Nature 227:680-685, 1970; Yarden, Y., et al., EMBO J. 6:3341-3351, 1987;
Konopka, ao J.B., et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:3116-3123, 1985). For immunoblot analysis, total lysates are prepared (using Fruth's lysis buffer) (Fruth, M.E., et al., Oncogene, 1:47-58, 1987). Relative protein concentrations are determined with a colorimetric assay kit (Bio-Rad) with bovine serum albumin as the standard. A protein of lysate containing approximately 0.05 mg of protein was mixed with an equal volume of 2 x SDS sample buffer containing 2 a 5 mercaptoethanol, boiled for S min., fractioned on 10% polyacrylamide-SDS
gels (Konopka, J.B., et al., J. Virol., 51:223-232, 1984) and transferred to immunobilon polyvinyldine difluoride (Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA) filters. Protein blots were treated with specific antipeptide antibodies (see below). Primary binding of the specific antibodies may be detected using anti-IgG second antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase and 3 o subsequent chemiluminescence development ECL Western blotting system (Amersham International).
For metabolic labeling, 106 cells are labeled with 100 pCi of 35S-methionine in 1 A~ttivJt:u ~i~t~T
ml of Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium minus methionine (Amersham Corp.) for 16 h.
Immunoprecipitation of protein from labeled cells with antipeptide antiserum is performed as described (Dymecki, S.M., et al., J. Biol. Chem 267:4815-4823, 1992).
Portions of lysates containing 10' cpm of acid-insoluble ~Smethionine were incubated with 1 ue of the s antiserum in 0.5 ml of reaction mixture. Immunoprecipitation samples were analyzed by SDS-polylarcylamide gel electrophoresis and autoradiography.
For immunolocalization studies, 10' CMK cells are resuspended in 1 ml of sonication buffer (60 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.5, 6 mM EDTA, 1 S mM EGTA, 0.75 M
sucrose, 0.03% leupeptin 12 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 30 mM 2-mercaptoethanol).
Cells io are sonicated 6 times for 10 seconds each and centrifuged at 25,000 xg for 10 min at 4°C.
The pellet is dissolved in 1 ml of sonication buffer and centrifuged at 25,000 x g for 10 min at 4°C.
The pellet (nucleus fraction) is resuspended in 1 ml of sonication buffer and added to an equal volume of 2 x SDS sample buffer. The supernatant obtained above (after the first i5 sonication) is again centrifuged at 100,000 x g for 40 min at 4°C.
The supernatant (cytosolic fraction) is removed and added to an equal volume of 2 x concentrated SDS
sample buffer.
The remaining pellet (membrane fraction) is washed and dissolved in sonication buffer and SDS sample buffer as described above. Protein samples are analyzed by electrophoresis on 10% polyacrylamide gels, according to the Laemmli method (Konopka, J.B., et al., Mol. Cell.
a o Biol. 5:3116-3123, 1985). The proteins are transferred from the gels on a 0.45-pm polyvinylidine difluoride membrane for subsequent immunoblot analysis. Primary binding of antibodies is detected using anti-IgG second antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase.
For immunohistochemical localization of a given protein, if desired, CMK cells z s or U3T3 are grown on cover slips to approximately 50% confluence and are washed with PBS
(pH 7.4) after removing the medium. The cells are prefixed for 1 min at 37°C in 1%
paraformaldehyde containing 0.075% Triton X-100, rinsed with PBS and then fixed for 10 min with 4% paraformaldehyde. After the fixation step, cells are rinsed in PBS, quenched in PBS with 0.1 and finally rinsed again in PBS. For antibody staining, the cells are first 3o blocked with a blocking solution (3% bovine serum albumin in PBS) and incubated for 1 h at 37°C. The cells are then incubated for 1 h at 37°C with antiserum (1:100 dilution or with preimmune rabbit serum (1:100) (see below). After the incubation with the primary antibody, AFvfE~JDtD SH~fT
the cells are washed in PBS containing 3% bovine and serum albumin and 0.1%
Tween 20 and incubated for 1 hour at 37°C in a fluorescein-conjugated donkey anti-rabbit IgG (Jackson Immunoresearch, Maine), diluted 1:100 in blocking solution.
The coverslips are washed in PBS (pH 8.0), and glycerol is added to each s coverslip before mounting on glass slides and sealing with clear nail polish. All glass slides were examined with a Zeiss Axiophot microscope.
The above methods for detection of a given mutant protein or nucleic acid are io applicable to analyses involving tissues, cell lines and bodily fluids (e.g. cerebrospinal liquor or blood, including but not limited to venous, arterial and cord blood) suspected of containing the marker protein.
For example, a sample of CNS tissue suspected of being in a diseased state may be analyzed, it having been previously observed according to the invention that tissue of that is particular diseased state contains detectable levels of hybrid wild-type/nonsense proteins relative to healthy tissue.
An aliquot of the suspect sample and a healthy control sample are provided and admixed with an effective amount of an antibody specific for the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, as herein described, and an indicating group. The admixture is typically incubated, z o as is known, for a time sufficient to permit an immune reaction to occur.
The incubated admixture is then assayed for the presence of an immune reaction as indicated by the indicating group. The relative levels of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein in the suspect sample and the control sample are then compared, allowing for diagnosis of a diseased or healthy state in the suspect sample.
2 s The above types of analyzing for the presence of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein may, of course, be performed using analysis for the coding RNA, e.g., via Northern blot or RNA dot blot analysis, both of which are conventional and known in the art.
3 o Disease treatment according to the invention contemplates eliminating mutant transcripts. Evidence supporting the presence of transcript mutant RNA
molecules is that in homozygous Brattleboro hypothalamus cells, vasopressin cDNAs having the frameshift p~AE'~D~D ~EEf mutation were observed in 1 in 100 colonies, where as genomic vasopressin DNA
having the frameshift mutation was not identified.
In the human hypothalamus no age related increase in the number of vasopressin +1 immunoreactive cells is observed (contrary to that in rat). However, in the fetal period s (29-42 weeks of gestation) an enormous increase in the number of +1 immunoreactive cells containing the +1 vasopressin protein is detected. After birth, the number of these cells falls back to just a few. In Downs' syndrome, where (3app gene expression is very high (5-fold higher than normal), the highest levels of ~iapp and +1 mutant proteins were also observed, higher than in AD where (iapp gene expression is not found to be increased over normal io levels. It also has been found that ~iAPP+1 and UbiB+1 mutant proteins coexist (and are present in tangles and dystrophic neurites) in the same cell. Accordingly, is unlikely that the transient increase is due to a genomic event.
Once an RNA molecule containing a frameshift mutation (i.e., a frameshifted transcript), or a mutant protein is correlated with a disease state, the disease is treatable i5 according to the invention as follows: by administering to a patient in need thereof enzymes which serve to selectively eliminate frameshifted RNA via cleavage, e.g., ribozymes; by administering the wild-type version of the mutant RNA, preferably in substantially uncleavable form, by administering the wild-type version of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein; or by administering oligonucleotides or sequences encoding oligonucleotides a o complementary to a mutant RNA to a cell in order to form a nucleic acid duplex which renders the mutant RNA untranslatable.
A patient in need thereof will include a patient exhibiting symptoms of the disease, even those patients suspected of developing the disease, i.e., who are monitored according to the invention by measuring the a tissue sample, e.g., the cerebrospinal fluid, for 25 the presence of frameshifted peptides (e.g. peptides having an amino acid sequence in the +1 or +2 reading frame).
According to the invention, a ribozyme may be delivered to affected or susceptible cells leading to the cleavage of the mutant RNA and resultant inability of the cell to translate the mutant RNA into mutant protein. The wild-type protein, if not akeady produced by the 3 o cell, may be provided in protein form or via administering the wild-type RNA to the cell along with the ribozyme. The wild-type RNA may be engineered so as to contain a sequence that is distinguishable from the mutant RNA sequence other than simply at the level of the r'~'D~-(? ~H~~1' GAGA or CTCT mutation. For example, the mutant RNA may contain third base silent mutations, i.e., which do not change the coding sequence of the RNA, but which render the wild-type RNA less or substantially unsusceptible to cleavage by the ribozyme.
Without being bound by any one theory, it is suggested that decreasing the s percentage of mutant RNA and increasing the percentage of the correct protein produced in relation to the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein will reduce or prevent further progression of the disease, and possibly reverse the diseased state. In addition, it is possible that not every mutant transcript results in a mutant protein that is directly toxic to the neuronal tissue.
For example, the mutant protein may be routed to the proteasomal and/or lysosomal system io or just secreted (e.g. by the constitutive or regulated pathway)and degraded elsewhere.
However, sometimes the mutant protein will be accumulated in the membranes of organelles, for instance in the endoplasmic reticulum, thus disrupting the normal processes of the cellular machinery.
The wild-type version of the mutated RNA encodes the correct protein. When 15 the disease is a neurodegenerative disease, preferred wild-type sequences include the RNAs encoded by the ~i amyloid precursor protein gene, the Tau gene, the ubiquitin B gene, the apolipoprotein-E4 gene, the microtubule associated protein II (MAP2) gene, the neurofilament protein genes (L, M and H), the presenilin I and II genes, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, Semaphorin III, HUFF-1, HMG and NSP-A. The sequences of these genes are provided a o herein in the figures. Other preferred wild-type RNAs are encoded by the alpha and beta tubulin genes, the sequences of which are found in Cowan et al., Mol. Cell.
Biol., 3, 1738-1745(1983) and Lewis et al., J. Mol. Biol. 182, 11-20(1985), respectively.
When the disease is a non-hereditary cancer, preferred wild-type RNAs are encoded by gene sequences which include but are not limited to the human p53 gene and the 2s BCL-2 gene. Mammalian phosphoprotein p53 has been shown to play an essential role in regulation of cell division and is required for the transition from phase GO
to G1 of the cell cycle. P53 is normally present in very low levels in normal cells and is believed to be a tumor suppressor gene; when present at high levels, p53 has been shown to play a role in transformation and malignancy. P53 gene alleles from normal and malignant tissues have 3 o been shown to contain BgIII site polymorphism (Buchman et al., 1988, Gene 70:245). The p53 coding region contains several GAGA motifs, e.g., GAGAC at position 1476 of the sequence published in Buchman et al., GAGA at position 1498; GAGA at position 1643; and AIVt~~;a~~ ~NEET
GAGA at position 1713, which motifs present candidate sites for frameshift RNAs according to the invention. A frameshift mutation within a p53 RNA thus may lead to loss of the natural p53 tumor suppressor function. Detection of such a mutation in p53 may be diagnostic of pre-malignancy or malignancy, and treatment as described herein which results in correction s of p53 function may restore tumor suppressor function.
In Diabetes mellitus type II, which occurs with increased frequency in aged persons, the islands of Langerhans degenerate possibly as a result of frameshift mutations in various transcripts (e.g., the ubiquitin transcript).
The invention also encompasses methods of combatting diseases caused by at to least one an RNA having one or more GA, GT or CT deletions giving rise to a frameshift mutation by targeting the RNA transcript. Thus, it is also contemplated according to the invention that a frameshift mutation within an RNA may be corrected at the level of the frameshifted RNA via cleavage using a ribozyme having specificity for the mutant RNA
sequence (see Denman et al., Arch. Of Biochem. Biophysics. 323,71-78,1995), and is eliminating the mutant mRNA. The disease associated with the frameshi$ed RNA is thus treated by administering an appropriate ribozyme, or sequences encoding the ribozyme, to the patient.
Ribozymes of selected specificities may be made as described by Sullenger &
Cech, Nature 371: 619-622, 1994), herein incorporated by reference. Ribozymes and a o sequences encoding ribozymes may be prepared as described by Tuschl et al., Curr. Opin.
Struc. Biol. 5:296, 1995 and Wahl et al., Curr. Opin. Struc. Biol. 5:282, 1995.
The invention also encompasses methods of treating diseases caused by or associated with at least one an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift by delivery of complementary oligonucleotides or sequences encoding a s complementary oligonucleotides to a target cell containing a frameshifted RNA. The oligonucleotides will have a mutant sequence with respect to the region of the mutant RNA
containing the GA, GT or CT deletion, and thus may serve to form a hybrid in vivo with the mutant RNA, rendering it untranslatable. Oligonucleotides with strong target site binding affinity, i.e., with full target site homology are preferred. Also preferred are oligonucleotides 3 o between 10 - 30 nucleotides in length and containing a CTCT, CTCTG, CTCTC, CTCTT or CTCTA motif or a GAGA, GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT or GAGAA motif.
Disease treatment according to the invention is described below and includes i'dt)CU ~t'~EtT , preparation of the administered substance and administration of the substance to a patient suffering from a disease according to the invention. As used herein "substance" refers to any one of the following: a ribozyme, a nucleic acid sequence encoding a ribozyme, a wild-type transcript, an antisense mutant RNA or DNA or a nucleic acid sequence encoding an antisense s sequence, a wild type protein encoded by the wild type gene, an antibody specific for the frameshifted (nonsense) protein.
Disease treatment according to the invention may be accomplished as follows.
In Example 5, treatment using ribozymes according to the invention is described.
In Example 6, administration of vectors is described. In Example 7, 1 o administration of proteins, ribozymes, or nucleic acid vectors using liposomes is described.
In Example 8, delivery of these substances across the blood-brain barrier is described. Lastly, in Example 9, methods ofdelivering cells comprising a protein, ribozyme or other nucleic acid, such as a vector bearing a gene expression construct, are described.
is Treatment According to the Invention king Ribo~
Preparation and delivery of a ribozyme or nucleic acid sequence encoding a ribozyme which effect or facilitate selective removal of the frameshifted RNA
is carried out as follows.
selective Elimination of m ~ ant ran~cy~,~Accordinz to the Invention.
a o The invention thus also encompasses methods of treating diseases caused by the translation of frameshifted mRNA's which are the result of transcriptional infidelity occurring at or adjacent to GAGA or CTCT motifs in the (3-APP and ubiquitin B genes. It is believed that accumulation of aberrant proteins encoded by these messages contributes to the progression of Alzheimer's disease; therefore, elimination of the mutant transcripts is of 2 s therapeutic value. It is contemplated according to the invention that the mutant transcripts described herein are rendered untranslatable in a cell via ribozyme-mediated cleavage using ribozymes designed and administered as described herein. In addition, it may be advantageous in certain circumstances to replace the ribozyme-cleaved messages with an exogenous transcript encoding the wild-type protein, which transcript is cleavage-resistant and 3 0 ~ the synthesis of which is therefore not subj ect to transcriptional errors or post-transcriptional modification such as those that produced the mutant transcripts described herein.
Treatment strategies are described below for selective elimination of the ubiquitin ~~I~:~~~rC1 ~~~~
B and (3-APP mutant transcripts in cells. The invention, however, also contemplates selective removal of other mutant transcripts, whether disclosed herein or later-discovered, according to the methods described hereinbelow.
Ribozymes of the hammerhead class are the smallest known, and lend themselves s both to in vitro synthesis and delivery to cells (summarized by Sullivan, J.
Invest. Dermatol.
103: 855-985, 1994; Usman et al., Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6: 527-533, 1996).
It is required of hammerhead cleavage targets that they comprise the sequence motif UH, wherein H
denotes the ribonucleotides A, U, or C, but not G; the sequence is cleaved following the H.
The core functional unit of the hammerhead ribozyme is a tripartite structure made up of helix to I, which hybridizes to mRNA sequences 3' of the cleavage site, helix II, a 22 ribonucleotide catalytic domain which mediates the cleavage reaction, and helixIII, which hybridizes to sequences 5' of and including the "U" of the UH cleavage motif (Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 334: 585-591, 1988; Ruffner et al., Biochemistry 33: 10695-10702, 1990). Studies have shown that the lengths of helices I and III are proportional to the efficiency with which is ribozymes both bind the area surrounding the cleavage site and release themselves from it following cleavage; the former is critical for target recognition, while the latter is important for maintaining kinetics that indicate true catalytic activity, namely, raising the ratio of target molecules inactivated to ribozymes above the 1:1 stoichiometric ratio observed with antisense-RNA-mediated inactivation. Ideally, helix I is 3 to 5 ribonucleotides in length, 2 o relative to 9 to 13 ribonucleotides for helix III (Tabler et al., Nzzcleic Acids Res. 22: 3958-3965, 1994; Hendry and McCall, Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 2679-2684, 1996). Other factors, such as stem loop formation in the unbound ribozyme and target mRNA also play a role in reaction kinetics and ribozyme stability, and in order to predict and/or compensate for such interactions, molecular modeling studies and in vitro trials of numerous ribozyme designs are 2 s often undertaken (Sioud et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 22: 5571-5575, 1994;
Gavin and Gupta, J.
Biol. Chem. 272: 1461-1472, 1997).
Mutant ubiquitin B transcripts can be removed from cells via the application of hammerhead ribozymes delivered to these cells in liposome vectors. The invention comprises use of these ribozymes to recognize and cleave mutant transcripts at a site 5' to the GAGA or 3 o GGT-containing site that is the source of polymerase slippage during transcription, thereby ridding the cells of the frame-shifted portion of the translated products of these defective messages.
i ~~~1='~
~sfi~.~~ri>1~~
The sequence immediately preceding the GAGA motif in the ubiquitin transcript is GCGUCU, which includes the cleavage recognition motif UC. Given the length considerations posed above, the sequence ideally bound by helix I for a particular mutant is GAG; however, in that such a ribozyme would be expected to bind the mutant and wild-type s transcripts with equal efficiency, helix I must be lengthened to include four more nucleotides, such that all seven bases will hybridize to the mutant transcript, while sufficient mismatch to destabilize binding to the wild-type sequence will result. This strategy is more efficient in cases in which the mutant transcript has arisen via deletion rather than insertion, since in the latter, the effect of the absolute length of helix I on target release becomes a concern;
io however, delivery of a pool of differentially-designed ribozymes complementary to various mutant sequences that can result from imprecise transcription of the GAGA
motif or GGT
sequence in the case of ubiquitin and of sufficient mismatch with the wild-type sequence to inhibit efficient binding of a ribozyme to it should eliminate translation of the frame shifted products of a large proportion of defective messages.
15 Such a strategy is practical in situations in which the cleavage site is 1 to (at most) bases to the 5' side of the cleavage site; however, longer distances require accordingly longer helix I binding domains which, combined with the need to create 3' mismatches for differentiation between mutant and wild-type transcripts, make such an approach inadequate for dealing with certain mutations. This is true of GAGA- defective transcripts of ~3-APP.
a o While one GAGA motif is separated from the cleavage site by a single base, the remaining four motifs are between 7 and 20 bases from the nearest 5' cleavage site. In such a case, cleavage of both of the wild-type transcript via hammerhead ribozymes may be unavoidable, and its replacement with a cleavage-resistant transcript must be undertaken in concert with removal of mutant transcripts (see Table 10 for possible sequence substitutions resulting in 2 s a cleavage-resistant transcript); here, the ribozyme is designed to cleave both types of message at any UH site S' of the first GAGA motif.
It may be advantageous to replace the (3-APP transcript in all cells in which it is needed; therefore, co-delivery of an expression vector bearing a spliced (3-APP minigene driven by ~3-APP promoter sequences may be employed. Numerous studies of this promoter 3 o have been undertaken (among them, Lahiri and Robakis, Brain Res. Mol.
Brain Res. 9: 253-7, 1991; Bourbonniere and Nalbantoglu, Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 19: 246-250, 1993; Lukiw et al., Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 22: 121-131, 1994; Lahiri and Nall, Brain Res. Mol. Brain :.:;~:'-.".i',i>3i'i.a '-'':~"k Res. 32: 233-40, 1995; Bourbonniere and Nalbantoglu, Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 35: 304-308, 1996; Quitschke et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271: 22231-9, 1996), and it has been demonstrated that 96 base pairs 5' to the transcriptional start site are sufficient for cell-type-specific promoter activity in tissue culture (Quitschke and Goldgaber, J. Biol. Chem.
267: '17362-17368, 1992). The 96 base pairs can be fused to a minigene engineered such that alterations are made in the ribozyme recognition site to prevent cleavage of the replacement ~3-APP
transcript and in the GAGA motifs to inhibit slippage of the transcriptional machinery such as produces the mutant transcripts in the first place; these replacements should be performed such that translationally "silent" mutations are introduced in each case.
Examples of such i o changes are shown in Table 10.
Sequences encoding ribozymes or a wild-type version of a mutant RNA, or an antisense (complementary) mutant oligonucleotide sequence may be cloned into an appropriate vector for expression in a desired mammalian cell. The vector will include a promoter that is expressed in the target cell type, and also may include an enhancer and locus control region, as selected for expression in a given cell type. Examples of vectors useful according to the invention include but are not limited to any vector which results in successful transfer of the coding sequences to the target mammalian cell. A nucleic acid may be s o transfected for use in the invention using a viral (e.g. adenoviral or retroviral) or non-viral DNA or RNA vector, where non-viral vectors include, but are not limited to, plasmids, linear nucleic acid molecules, artificial chromomosomes and episomal vectors.
Expression of heterologous genes has been observed after injection of plasmid DNA into muscle (Wolff J.
A. et al., 1990, Science, 247: 1465-1468; Carson D.A. et al., US Patent No.
5,580,859), thyroid (Sykes et al., 1994, Human Clene Ther, 5: 837-844), melanoma (Vile et al., 1993, C'.ancer Rep., 53: 962-967), skin (Hengge et al., 1995, Namr . r n . ., 10:
161-166), liver (Hickman et al., 1994, Human Cent, h ranv, 5: 1477-1483) and after exposure of airway epithelium (Meyer et al., 1995, gene TheranT, 2: 450-460).
For example, the retroviral gene transfer vector SAX (Kantoff et al., Proc.
Nat.
3 o Aca. Sci. 83:6563, 1986) may be used to insert a selected coding sequence into a target cell.
SAX is a moloney virus based vector with the neon gene promoted from the retroviral LTR
and the human ADA gene promoted from an internal SV40 promoter. Thus, the SAX
vector may be engineered by one of skill in the art to contain the coding sequence for a ribozyme, or a wild-type RNA, or a selected antisense sequence, identified as described herein, e.g., by substituting the desired coding region for the hADA coding region in the SAX
vector.
Expression vectors are known in the art which encode, or may be engineered to 5 encode, a selected ribozyme. Yuyama et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 22:5060, 1994, describe a multifunctional expression vector encoding several ribozymes. This vector may be adapted to encoded a ribozyme of a selected specificity by substituting one or both ribozyme sequences in the vector for a selected ribozyme sequence. Zhou et al., Gene 149:33, 1994, and Yamada et al., Virology 205;121, 1994, describe retroviral transduction of ribozyme i o sequences into T cells. These retroviral vectors may be adapted to encode a selected ribozyme sequence. Liu et al., Gene Therapy 1:32, 1994, and Lee et al., Gene Therapy 2:377, 1995, describe expression vectors which are adaptable for use in expression of any nucleic acid sequence contemplated according to the invention.
Generally, nucleic acid molecules are administered in a manner compatible with 15 the dosage formulation, and in such amount as will be prophylactically and/or therapeutically effective. When the end product (e.g. an antisense RNA molecule or ribozyme) is administered directly, the dosage to be administered is directly proportional to the the amount needed per cell and the number of cells to be transfected, with a correction factor for the efficiency of uptake of the molecules. In cases in which a gene must be expressed from the 2 o nucleic acid molecules, the strength of the associated transcriptional regulatory seuqences also must be considered in calculating the number of nucleic acid molecules per target cell that will result in adequate levels of the encoded product. Suitable dosage ranges are on the order of, where a gene expression construct is administered, 0.5- to leg, or 1-l0,ug, or optionally 10- 100 pg of nucleic acid in a single dose. It is conceivable that dosages of up to lmg may 25 be advantageously used. Note that the number of molar equivalents per cell vary with the size of the construct, and that absolute amounts of DNA used should be adjusted accordingly to ensure adequate gene copy number when large constructs are injected.
Nucleic acid molecules to be administered according to the invention may, for example, be formulated in a physiologically acceptable diluent such as water, phosphate 3 o buffered saline, or saline, and further may include an adjuvant; however, it is contemplated that other formulations may advantageously be employed. Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are materials well APv~EIVL~D ~~~~~ ~
known in the art. Administration of a nucleic acid molecule as described herein may be either localized or systemic. Methods for both localized and systemic administration of a pharmacological composition are well known in the art.
Nucleic acid constructs of use in the invention can be given in a single- or s multiple dose. A multiple dose schedule is one in which a primary course of administration can include 1-10 separate doses, followed by other doses given at subsequent time intervals required to maintain and or reinforce the cellular level of the transfected nucleic acid. Such intervals are dependent on the continued need of the recipient for the therapeutic nucleic acid, the ability of a given nucleic acid to self replicate in a mammalian cell if it does not become i o integrated into the recipient's genome and the half life of a non-renewable nucleic acid (e.g.
a molecule that will not self replicate). Preferably, when the medical needs of the recipient mammal dictate that a nucleic acid or a product thereof will be required throughout its lifetime, or at least over an extended period of time, such as a year or more, a nucleic acid may be encoded by sequences of a vector that will self replicate in the target cells. The Zs efficacy of transfection and subsequent maintenance of the nucleic acid molecules may be assayed either by monitoring the activity of a marker gene, which may additionally be comprised by the transfected construct, or by the direct measurement of either the protein product encoded by the gene of interest or the reduction in the levels of a protein the production of which it is designed to inhibit. The assays can be performed using conventional 2 o molecular and biochemical techniques, such as are known to one skilled in the art.
The success of treatment using nucleic acid molecules in the invention may be determined by the assessment of known clinical indicators (e.g., for a neurodegenerative disease, loss of cognitive or motor function). The progression or (if treatment is undertaken prophylactically on an patient believed to be at risk of disease) development of such 2s symptoms in a treated individual is compared to those observed in untreated control subjects;
if an improvement in the treated patient's condition is observed relative to that of control subjects, treatment is judged to be effective. The making of such an assessment is well within the knowledge of one of skill in the art.
3 o T_.inosomal Delivenr According to the Invemrion Substances may be administered according to the invention using any delivery means known in the art. Described below is liposomal delivery. Liposomes which are used A~~~;i)~f~ 4~r~.
r . , . ~ ,. r ,. r , r r a r . r . r r r r r. r , r , ~. ~ ,-rr r r , rr ' ~ r r r to administer the substances described herein, e.g., a ribozyme can be of various types and can have various compositions. The primary restrictions are that the liposomes should not be toxic to the living cells and that they should deliver their contents into the interior of the cells being treated.
s The use of pH sensitive liposomes to mediate the cytoplasmic delivery of calcein and FITC dextran has been described (see Straubinger et al., Cell 32:1069-1079, 1983; and Straubinger et al., FEBS Letters 179:148-154, 1985. Other discussions of pH
sensitive liposomes can be found in chapter 11 of the book CELL FUSION, edited by A.E.
Sowers, entitled "Fusion of Phospholipid Vesicles Induced by Divalent Cations and Protons" by Nejat to Duzgunes et al., Plenum Press, N.Y., 1987, 241-267. See also Ellens et al., Biochemistry, 23:1532-1538, 1984, and Bentz et al., Biochemistry 26:2105-2116, 1987.
The liposomes may be of various sizes and may have either one or several membrane layers separating the internal and external compartments. The most important elements in liposome structure are that a sufficient amount of enzyme or nucleic acid be i5 sequestered so that only one or a few liposomes are required to enter each cell for delivery of the substance, and that the liposome be resistant to disruption. Liposome structures include small unilamellar vesicles (SUVs, less than 250 angstroms in diameter), large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs, greater than 500 angstroms in diameter), and multilamellar vesicles (MLs).
In the example presented below, although SUVs are used to administer a ribozyme, the a o methods are applicable to administration of any substance described herein.
SUVs can be isolated from other liposomes and unincorporated enzyme by molecular weight can be isolated from other liposomes and unincorporated enzyme by molecular sieve chromatography, which is precise but time consuming and dilutes the liposomes, or differential centrifugation, which is rapid but produces a wider range of 2 s liposome sizes.
The liposomes may be made from natural and synthetic phospholipids, glycolipids, and other lipids and lipid congeners; cholesterol, cholesterol derivatives and other cholesterol congeners; charged species which impart a net charge to the membrane; reactive species which can react after liposome formation to link additional molecules to the liposome 3 o membrane; and other lipid soluble compounds which have chemical or biological activity.
The liposomes useful according to the invention may be prepared, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,296,231, which describes preparation of liposomes :~~~~~J~~~~ ~~~
. ,. ,. . r r r -r r r r r . ~ , c . . , r .. - , r . r - . ,-.
r r ._ containing a ribozyme, although it should be borne in mind that liposomes useful according to the invention may contain any one of the substances as herein described.
Briefly, by combining a phospholipid component with an aqueous component containing the ribozyme (or desired substance) under conditions which will result in vesicle formation. The s phospholipid concentration must be sufficient to form lamellar structures, and the aqueous component must be compatible with biological stability of the enzyme. Methods for combining the phospholipids onto glass and then vesicles will form include:
drying the phospholipids onto glass and then dispersing them in the aqueous component;
injecting phospholipids dissolved in a vaporizing or non-vaporizing organic solvent into the aqueous 1 o component which has previously been heated; and dissolving phospholipids in the aqueous phase with detergents and then removing the detergent by dialysis. The concentration of the ribozyme in the aqueous component can be increased by lyophilizing the enzyme onto dried phospholipids and then rehydrating the mixture with a reduced volume of aqueous buffer.
SIIV's can be produced from the foregoing mixtures either by sonication or by dispersing the i5 mixture through either small bore tubing or through the small orifice of a French Press.
Ribozymes incorporated into liposomes can be administered to living cells internally or topically. Internal administration to animals or humans requires that the liposomes be pyrogen-free and sterile. To eliminate pyrogens, pyrogen-free raw materials, including all chemicals, enzymes, and water, are used to form the liposomes.
Sterilization can ao be performed by filtration of the liposomes through 0.2 micron filters. For injection, the liposomes are suspended in a sterile, pyrogen-free buffer at a physiologically effective concentration. Topical administration also requires that the liposome preparation be pyrogen-free, and sterility is desirable. In this case, a physiologically effective concentration of liposomes can be suspended in a buffered polymeric glycol gel for even application to the a s skin. In general, the gel should not include non-ionic detergents which can disrupt liposome membranes. Other vehicles can also be used to topically administer the liposomes.
The concentration of the substance in the final preparation can vary over a wide range, a typical concentration being on the order of 50 ug/ml. In the case of pH sensitive liposomes, lower concentrations of the substance can be used, e.g., on the order of 0.01 to 1.0 3 o ug/ml for liposomes administered to cells internally. In case of topical application, higher liposome concentrations used, e.g., ten or more times higher.
AR~~l~~ttG' ~~~~
~_ r ~ r r r , - r , , ~ , r r r r r r r . r . , _ r-.- ,- -Where it is desired according to the invention to administer a substance as described herein or its coding sequence, or liposomes containing such substances, to an s individual such that the administered material crosses the blood-brain barrier, several methods are known in the art.
For example, a substance to be administered, whether it be protein or nucleic acid or liposome, may be co-administered with a polypeptide, for example a lipophilic polypeptide that increases permeability at the blood-brain barrier. Examples of such polypeptides include io but are not limited to bradykinin and receptor mediated permeabilizers, such as A-7 or its conformational analogues, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,112,596 and 5,268,164. The permeabilizing polypeptide allows the co-administered ribozyme, coding sequence or liposome to penetrate the blood-brain barrier and arnve in the cerebrospinal fluid compartment of the brain, where the ribozyme, or coding sequence may then reach and enter i5 a target neuronal cell. Alternatively, the substance to be administered may be coupled to a steroidal estrogel or androgel to increase binding to steroid receptors and thus access to the brain Another exemplary method for administering a substance such as a ribozyme, antibody, nucleic acids, or liposomes containing such molecules, according to the invention a o includes forming a complex between the substance to be administered and an antibody that is reactive with a transferrin receptor, as described in U.S. Patent No.
5,182,107. The complex may include a cleavable or non-cleavable linker and is administered under conditions whereby binding of the antibody to a transferrin receptor on a brain capillary endothelial cell occurs and the substance is transferred across the blood-brain barner in active form.
2s FXAMP . .9 It is possible to administer a therapeutic nucleic acid for use not only in in vivo therapy (i.e., that in which a nucleic acid is administered directly to a patient for uptake by-and subsequent expression in cells in situ) but also in ex vivo therapy (i.e., that in which a 3 o nucleic acid is administered to cultured or explanted cells in vitro, which transfected cells are subsequently transplanted into the clinical patient in order to supply a therapeutic product).
Methods of ex vivo gene therapy are described in detail herein. By these methods, a plasmid fiiv#~i'~~ttJ ~.iiEEl~
r r . . . r , ,. ,. , r .. r ~ r ; - . r: r ~ n ,. _ .. ~ ;. ~ ;r r c r . - r r r . r r r r , which continues to be maintained in a transformed or transfected cell after such a cell has been administered (e.g. via transplantation) to a multicellular host, such as a mammal, delivers a gene product to that individual. It is contemplated that a gene of interest, particularly a therapeutic gene, will be expressed by the transplanted cell, thereby providing 5 the recipient organism, particularly a human, with a needed RNA (e.g., an antisense RNA or ribozyme) or protein.
A cell type may be used according to the invention which is amenable to methods of nucleic acid transfection such as are known in the art. Such cells may include cells of an organism of the same species as the recipient organism, or even cells harvested from the io recipient organism itself for ex vivo nucleic acid transfection prior to re-introduction. Such autologous cell transplants are known in the art. One common example is that of bone marrow transplantation, in which bone marrow is drawn either from a donor or from a clinical patient (for example, one who is about to receive a cytotoxic treatment, such as high doses of ionizing radiation), and then transplanted into the patient via injection, whereupon the cells i5 re-colonize bones and other organs of the hematopoietic system.
a. Cell dosage The number of transfected cells which are administered to a recipient organism is determined by dividing the absolute amount of therapeutic or other gene product required by the organism by the average amount of such an agent which is produced by a transfected 2 o cell. Note that steady-state plasmid copy number varies depending on the strength of its origin of replication as well as factors determined by the host cell environment, the availability of nucleotides and replicative enzyme complexes, as does the level of expression of the gene of interest encompassed by the plasmid, which level likewise is determined by the strength of its associated promoter and the availability of nucleotides and transcription factors z s in a given host cell background. As a result, the level of expression per cell of a given gene of interest must be determined empirically prior to administration of cells to a recipient.
While efficient methods of cell transfection and transplantation are known in the art, they do not ensure that the transfected cell is immortal. In addition, the requirements of the recipient organism for the product encoded by the transgene may change over time. In 3 0 light of these considerations, it is contemplated that cells may be administered in a single dose or in multiple doses, as needed. A multiple dose schedule is one in which a primary course of administration can include 1-10 separate doses, followed by other doses given at Pli~'n'.~'vi.)CU u~"iL.~
r r f r f , f r ~ r' t r . f r r r r r , r , r .
r r , . r subsequent time intervals required to maintain and or reinforce the cellular level of the transfected nucleic acid. Such intervals are dependent on the continued need of the recipient for the therapeutic gene product. Preferably, when the medical needs of the recipient mammal dictate that a gene product will be required throughout its lifetime, or at least over an extended period of time, such as a year or more, the transfected cells will be replenished on a regular schedule, such as monthly or semi-monthly, unless such cells are able to colonize the recipient patient in permanent fashion, such as is true in the case of a successful bone-marrow cell transplant.
b. Nucleic acid dosage 1 o Provided a nucleic acid vector capable of replication in the transfected cell is used, the absolute amount of nucleic acid which is transfected into cells prior to transplantation is not critical, since in cells receiving at least one copy of such a vector, the vector will replicate until an equilibrium copy-number is achieved. As a first approximation, an amount of vector equivalent to between 1 and 10 copies thereof per cell to be transfected may be used; one of skill in the art may adjust the ratio of plasmid molecules to cells as is necessary to optimize vector uptake. Of particular used in the invention are vectors or transfection techniques which result in the stable integration of the gene of interest into the chromosome of the transfected cell, so as to avoid the need to maintain selection for cells bearing the vector following transplantation into a recipient multicellular organism, such as a human.
z o c. Administration of autologous or syngeneic cells A cell type which is commonly transplanted between individuals of a single species (or, even, from an individual to a cell culture system and back to the same individual) is that of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs), which are found in bone marrow;
such cells have the advantage that they are amenable to nucleic acid transfection while in culture, and are, therefore, well suited for use in the invention. Cultures of HSCs are transfected with a minimal plasmid comprising an operator sequence and a gene of interest and the transfected cells administered to a recipient mammal in need of the product of this gene.
Transfection of hematopoietic stem cells is described in Mannion-Henderson et al., 1995, , 23: 1628; Schiffmann et al., 1995, Blood, 86: 1218; Williams, 1990, Bone Marrow 3o Transplant, 5: 141; Boggs, 1990, Int. J Cell .loping, 8: 80; Martensson et al., 1987, Eur..
I~ImmunQL, 17: 1499; Okabe et al., 1992, FLr. 1. Immunol., 22: 37-43; and Banerji et al., 1983, ~~11, 33: 729. Such methods may advantageously be used according to the present ~~,~fyE irr~ ~.'1'1~~~
r . , r .- ~ ~ ,. , r . r r r r - r r r n . r r r ~- r r r , .- ~ r invention. Administration of transfected cells proceeds according to methods established for that of non-transfected cells, as described below.
The transplantation of hematopoietic cells, such as in a bone marrow transplant, is commonly performed in the art by procedures such as those described by Thomas et al.
(1975, New .ngland J. Med , 292: 832-843) and modifications thereof. Such a procedure is briefly summarized: In the case of a syngeneic graft or of a patient suffering from an immunological deficiency, no immunosuppressive pre-treatment regiment is required;
however, in cases in which a cells of a non-self donor are to be administered to a patient with a responsive immune system, an immunosuppressive drug must be administered, e.g.
io cyclophosphamide (50 mg/kg body weight on each of four days, with the last does followed 36 hours later by the transplant). Leukemic patients routinely receive a 1000-rad midline dose of total-body irradiation in order to ablate cancerous blood cells; this irradiation also has an immune-suppressive effect. Following pre-treatment, bone marrow cells (which population comprises a small number of pluripotent hematopoietic stem cells, or HSCs), are administered i5 via injection, after which point they colonize the hematopoietic system of the recipient host.
Success of the graft is measured by monitoring the re-appearance of the numerous adult blood cell types by the immunological and molecular methods which are well known in the art.
While as few as 1-10 HSCs are, in theory, able to colonize and repopulate a lethally-irradiated recipient mammal over time, it is advantageous to optimize the rate at which repopulation z o occurs in a human bone marrow transplant patient; therefore, a transplanted bone marrow sample comprising 10 to 100, or even 100 to 1000 HSCs should be administered in order to be therapeutically effective.
It is contemplated that both lymphoid and parenchyma) cells are of use in the invention. Such parenchyma) cells include those of the islets of Langerhans, the thyroid, the a 5 adrenal cortex, muscles, cartilagenous- or other synovial tissue, the kidneys, epithelial tissues (both external and internal, particularly that of the intestinal lumen, lung, heart, liver, kidney, neurons and synovial cells) and, in particular, the nervous system.
To render the transplanted cells resistant, at least collectively, to immune rejection by the recipient organism, it is contemplated that transplanted cells expressing a high level of 3 o activated NFxB (a high NFKB "set point"), while still subject to destruction by autoimmune host lymphocytes, would enjoy the advantage of robust proliferative capacity in order to multiply at a rate surpassing that of cell killing, thereby providing a long-lived population of rzx~t".';~,!i'~~.t'~ n4~F
~~ ;
therapeutic cells to the recipient organism. Such cells may be transfected with gene expression constructs which result in the production of high levels of activated NFxB, or may be cells obtained from a donor selected for high endogenous NFxB activity, as may be determined in an in vitro transcription assay or DNA/protein binding assay by methods well s known in the art, using protein extracts drawn from such a donor, which may, itself, be a transgenic mammal.
d. Administration of xenogeneic and allogeneic cells While transfection and subsequent tranplantation of cells which are obtained from an individual or cell culture system of like species with the recipient organism may be io performed, it is equally true that the invention may be practised using cells of another organism (such as a well-characterized eukaryotic microorganism, e.g. yeast, in which appropriate processing of proteins encoded by therapeutic genes is likely and in which useful origins of replication are known). In such a case, certain concerns must be addressed.
First, when a protein is encoded by the gene of interest, the transplanted cells must 15 produce the protein in a form that may is of use to the recipient organism.
Post-translational processing (including, but not limited to, cleavage and patterns of glycosylation) must be consistent with proper function in the recipient. In addition, either a protein or an RNA
molecule of interest must be made available to the recipient after synthesis, such as by secretion, excretion or exocytosis from the transplanted cell. To address the former, the a o protein produced by the transfected cells may be qualitatively compared to the native protein produced by an individual of the same species as the recipient organism by biochemical methods well known in the art of protein chemistry. The latter, release of the protein of interest by the cells to be transplanted, may be assayed by isolating protein from culture medium which has been decanted from the transfected cells or from which such cells have zs been separated (i.e. by centrifugation or filtration), and performing Western analysis using an antibody directed at the protein of interest. Antibodies against many proteins are commercially available; techniques for the production of antibody molecules are well known in the art.
Second, the cells must be shielded from immune rejection by the recipient 3 0 organism. It is contemplated that such cells may be transfected with constructs expressing cell-surface markers (e.g. MHC antigens) characteristic of the recipient patient so as to provide them with biochemical camoflage.
Af~~lvUril 4~EE1' In addition, methods for the encapsulation of living cultures of cells for growth either in an artificial growth environment, such as in a fermentor, or in a recipient organism have been developed, and are also of use in the administration of cells transfected according to the invention. Such an encapsulation system renders the cell invisible to immune detection s and, in addition, allows for the free exchange of materials (e.g. the gene product of interest, oxygen, nutrients and waste materials) between the transplanted cells and the environment of the host organism.
Methods and devices for cell encapsulation are disclosed in numerous U.S.
Patents; among these are Nos. 4,353,888; 4,409,311; 4,673,566; 4,744,933;
4,798,786;
io 4,803,168; 4,892,538; 5,011,472; 5,158,881; 5,182,111; 5,283,187;
5,474,547; 5,498,401 (which is particularly directed to the encapsulation of bacterial and yeast cells in chitosan);
5,550,050; 5,573,934; 5,578,314; 5,620,883; 5,626,561; 5,653,687; 5,686,115;
5,693,513; and 5,698,413, the contents of which are fully incorporated by reference herein.
Typically required for the successful culture of encapsulated cells is a selectively-permeable outer 15 covering or 'skin' which is biocompatible (i.e., tolerated by both the encapsulated cells and the recipient host), and, optionally, a matrix in- or upon which cells are distributed such that the matrix provides structural support and a substrate to which anchorage-dependent cells may attach themselves. As relates to encapsulation devices applicable to use in the invention, the term "selectively-permeable" refers to materials comprising openings through which small a o molecules (including molecules of up to about 50,000 M.W. - 100,000 M.W.) may pass, but from which larger molecules, such as antibodies (approximately 150,000 M.W.), are excluded. Suitable covering materials include, but are not limited to, porous and/or polymeric materials such as polyaspartate, polyglutamate, polyacrylates (e.g., acrylic copolymers or RL~, Monsanto Corporation), polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinylidienes, polyvinyl chloride, 2 5 polyurethanes, polyurethane isocyanates, polystyrenes, polyamides, cellulose-based polymers (e.g. cellulose acetates and cellulose nitrates), polymethyl-acrylate, polyalginate, polysulfones, polyvinyl alcohols, polyethylene oxide, polyacrylonitriles and derivatives, copolymers and/or mixtures thereof, stretched polytetrafluoroethylene (U.S.
Pat. Nos.
3,953,566 and 4,187,390, both incorporated herein by reference), stretched polypropylene, 3 o stretched polyethylene, porous polyvinylidene fluoride, woven or non-woven collections of fibers or yarns, such as "Angel Hair" (Anderson, Science, 246: 747-749;
Thompson et al., 1989, Proc Natl Acad S i T ~ A , 86: 7928-7932), fibrous matrices (see U.S.
Pat. No.
~,~~Ft~~ED v'~EEf f r . . . , . . ~ , f . . , ~ . r . ~ . . ~ , 5,387,237, incorporated herein by reference), either alone or in combination, or silicon-oxygen-silicon matrices (LT.S. Patent No. 5,693,513). Polylysine having a molecular weight of 10,000 to 30,000, preferably 15,000 to 25,000 and most preferably 17,000 is also of use in the invention (see U.S. Patent No. 4,673,566). Alternatively, the matrix material, 5 comprising the transfected cells of the invention, is exposed to conditions that induce it to form its own outer covering, as discussed below.
As described in U.S. Patent No. 5,626,561, the selective permeability of such a covering may be varied by impregnating the void spaces of a porous polymeric material (e.g., stretched polytetrafluoroethylene) with a hydrogel material. Hydrogel material can be io impregnated in substantially all of the void spaces of a porous polymeric material or in only a portion of the void spaces. For example, by impregnating a porous polymeric material with a hydrogel material in a continuous band within the material adjacent to and/or along the interior surface of a porous polymeric material, the selective permeability of the material is varied sharply from an outer cross-sectional area of the material to an inner cross-sectional i5 area of the material. The amount and composition of hydrogel material impregnated in a porous polyhmeric material depends in large part on the particular porous polymeric material used to encapsulate cells for transplant. Examples of suitable hydrogel materials include, but are not limited to, HYPAN~ Structural Hydrogel (Hymedix International, Inc.;
Dayton, NJ), non-fibrogenic alginate, as taught by Dorian in PCT/US93/05461, which is incoIporated z o herein by reference, agarose, alginic acid, carrageenan, collagen, gelatin, polyvinyl alcohol, poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), poly(N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone) or gellan gum, either alone or in combination. The matrix typically has a high surface-area:volume ratio, comprising pores or other spaces in- or on which cells may grow and through which fluids may pass; in addition, suitable matrix materials are stable following transplantation into a 2 s recipient organism. Preferably, the matrix comprises an aggregation of multiple particles, fibers or laminae. Alternatively, a matrix may comprise an aqueous solution, such as a physiological buffer or body fluid from the recipient organism (see U.S.
Patent No.
5,011,472). Suitable matrix materials include liquid, gelled, polymeric, co-polymeric or particulate formulations of aminated glucopolysachharides (e.g., deacetylated chitin, or s o "chitosan", which is prepared from the pulverized shells of crabs or other crustaceans, and is commercially available as a dry powder; Cat. # C 3646, Sigma, St. Louis, MO), alginate (LJ.S.
Patent No. 4,409,331), poly-~3-1~5-N-acetylglucosamine (p-GIcNAc) polysaccharide species ~! may..r~ ns 1 - . . r (either alone of formulated as co-polymer with collagen; see U.S. Patent No.
5,686,115), reconstituted extracellular matrix preparations (e.g. Matrigel~; Collaborative Research, Inc, Lexington, MA; Babensee et al., 1992, J. Biomed. Matr R ~ , 26: 1401), proteins, polyacrylamide, agarose and others.
s Methods by which cells become encapsulated using such materials are both numerous and varied. Encapsulation devices comprising a semi-permeable membrane material, as described above, may be pre-formed, filled with cells (e.g. by injection or other manual means) and then sealed (U.S. Patent Nos. 4,892,538; 5,011,472;
5,626,56; and 5,653,687); such sealing may be effectively permanent (e.g. by the use of heat-sealing), semi-io permanent (e.g. by the use of a biocompatible adhesive, such as an epoxy, which will not dissolve or degrade in an aqueous environment) or temporary (e.g. by the use of a removable cap or plug, or by shutting of a valve or stopcock). Methods of permanent and semi-permanent sealing are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,653,687. As an alternative to the use of a pre-formed, semi-permeable cell reservoir, methods by which cells suspended in matrix i 5 material and the substance which is to form the outer covering of the encapsulation device are co-extruded under conditions which cause the cell/matrix mixture, which may be in liquid or semi-liquid (i.e., gelled) form to be encased in a continuous tube of the semi-permeable polymer, which either forms, or becomes crosslinked, under the extrusion conditions; such an extrusion procedure may lead to the formation of capsules which have only one cell ao reservoir (LJ.S. Patent No. 5,283,187) or which are divided into multiple, discrete compartments (U.S. Patent No. 5,158,881). As an alternative to both types ofprocedure, a liquid or semi-liquid (i.e., gelled) cell/matrix mixture droplet is suspended either in an agent which induces 'curing' or crosslinking of the outer layer of matrix material to form a semi-permeable barrier (U.S. Patent Nos. 4,798,786 and 5,489,401) or in a solution of polymeric 2 5 material (or monomers thereof), which will polymerize and/or crosslink upon contact with the cell/matrix droplet such that a semi-permeable membrane is deposited thereon (U.S. Patent Nos. 4,353,888; 4,673,566; 4,744,933; 5,620,883; and 5,693,513).
One of skill in the art is well able to select the appropriate matrix and semi-permeable membrane materials and to construct a cell-encapsulation device as described 3 o above.
Implantation of such a device is achieved surgically, via standard techniques, to a site at or near the anatomical location to which the product encoded by the gene on the gene AMEt~DrD SI~Er"T
of interest is to be delivered, as is deemed safest and most expedient. Such a device may take a convenient shape, including, but not limited to, that of a sphere, pellet or other capsule shape, disk, rod or tube; often, the shape of the device is determined by its method of synthesis. For example, one which is formed by co-extrusion of a cell suspension and a polymeric covering material is typically tubular, while one formed by the deposition of a covering on droplets comprising cells in matrix material might be spherical.
As discussed above, the number of cells which must be implanted (and, therefore, encapsulated) is dependent upon the requirements of the recipient organism for the product of the transfected gene. The encapsulation devices described above are typically small (most usefully, l0um io to lmm in diameter, so as to permit efficient diffusion of substances back and forth between the outer covering and the cells most deeply embedded in the matrix), and it is contemplated that such devices may carry between 10 and 10'° cells each. Should the need for larger numbers, of cells be anticipated, a plurality (2, 10 or even 100 or more) of such in vivo culturing devices may be made and implanted in a given recipient organism.
is An encapsulated cell device may be intended for permanent installation;
alternatively, retrieval of the device may be desirable, whether to terminate delivery of the product of the gene of interest to the recipient organism at the discretion of one of skill in the art, such as a physician (who must determine on a case-by-case basis the length of time for which a given cell implant is beneficial to the recipient organism) or to replenish the device z o with fresh cells after long-term use (i.e. months to years). To the latter end, an implantation device may usefully comprise a retrieval aid, such as a guidewire, and a cap or other port, such as may be opened and re-sealed in order to gain access to the cell reservoir, both as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,892,538.
Live cultures of encapsulated cells have been used successfully to deliver gene 25 products to tissues of a recipient animal. U.S. Patent No. 4,673,566 discloses successful maintenance of normal blood sugar levels in a diabetic rat into which encapsulated rat islet of Langerhans cells were implanted; two administrations of 3,000 cells each together were effective for six months, while a single dose of 1,000 cells was effective for two months.
Similarly, heterospecific transplantation of encapsulated islet cells has been 3 o demonstrated to treat diabetes successfully (dog islet cells to a mouse recipient, U.S. Patent No. 5.578,314; porcine islet cells to a mouse recipient, Sun et al., 1992, A~ATO T., 38: 124).
It is believed that such an approach is promising for the clinical treatment of diabetes mellitus AivtwJrD ~I~cET
r r !~ r r r r r , r ~ r r. r r r . . r r , r r ~ , r ~ r r ~ , r r .
in humans (Calafiore, 1992, A~,~Qy~ 3g; 34).
It is contemplated that these techniques, which have been applied successfully to untransfected cells, may be utilized advantageously with cells that are transfected with therapeutic nucleic acid molecules of use in the invention.
s e. Assay of efficacy of transplanted cells in a recipient organism The efficacy of the transfected cells so administered and their subsequent maintenance in the recipient host may be assayed either by monitoring the activity of a marker gene, which may additionally be comprised by the transfected construct, or by the direct measurement of either the product (e.g. a protein) encoded by the gene of interest or the i o reduction in the levels of a protein the production of which it (an antisense message or ribozyme) is designed to inhibit. The assays can be performed using conventional molecular and biochemical techniques, such as are known to one skilled in the art, or may comprise histological sampling (i.e., biopsy) and examination of tranplanted cells or organs.
In addition to direct measurements of protein or nucleic acid levels in blood or i5 target tissues encoded by the gene of interest borne by the vector in transfected/transplanted cells, it is possible to monitor changes in the disease state in patients receiving gene transfer via transplantation of cells in which the gene of interest is maintained and compare them to the progression or persistence of disease in patients receiving comparable cells transfected with vector constructs lacking the gene of interest.
Other DoyQe~ and Modes of AdminiStrahion A patient that is subject to a disease state which is associated with a frameshift mutation may be treated in accordance with the invention, as described above, via inin vivo, ~
2s vivo or in vitro methods. For example in in vivo treatments, a ribozyme or a nucleic acid vector encoding a ribozyme, a wild-type RNA, an antisense RNA or DNA or a sequence encoding the antisense RNA, or a wild-type version of a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, can be administered to the patient, preferably in a pharmaceutically acceptable delivery vehicle and a biologically compatible solution, by ingestion, injection, inhalation or any 3 o number of other methods. The dosages administered will vary from patient to patient; an "effective dose" will be determined by the level of enhancement of function of the transferred genetic material balanced against any risk of deleterious side effects.
Monitoring gene ~i~~~~:~~)w~l ~~~!_~
expression and/or the presence or levels of the encoded mutant RNA or protein or its corresponding "sense" protein will assist in selecting and adjusting the dosages administered.
Generally, a composition including a nucleoprotein such as a ribozyme will be administered in single or multiple doses, as determined by the physician, in the range of 50 ug - 1 mg, or within the range of 100 ug - 500 ug. A composition including an oligonucleotide will be administered in a single dose in the range of 5 ng - 10 ug, or within the range of 100 ng - S00 ng. A composition including a wild-type RNA or a vector will be administered in a single dose in the range of 10 ng - 100 ug/kg body weight, preferably in the range of 100 ng - 10 ug/kg body weight, such that at least one copy of the sequence is delivered to each target cell.
i o A composition including a protein, e.g., a wild-type version of a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, will be administered in single or multiple doses, as determined by the physician, in the range of 10 ug - 1 mg, or within the range of 100 ug - 50 ug. Any of the above dosages may be administered according to the body weight of the patient, as determined by the physician.
i5 Ex vivo transduction is also contemplated within the present invention.
Cell populations can be removed from the patient or otherwise provided, transduced with a vector in accordance with the invention, then reintroduced into the patient. The number of cells reintroduced into the patient will depend upon the efficiency of vector transfer, and will generally be in the range of 104 - 106 transduced cells/patient.
z o The cells targeted for ex vivo gene transfer in accordance with the invention include any cells to which the delivery of the vector is desired, for example, neuronal cells or stem cells.
Protein, nucleic acid, or cells administered according to the invention is preferably administered in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier substance, e.g., a 5 magnesium carbonate, lactose, or a phospholipid to form a micelle, the carrier and protein, nucleic acid or cell together can form a therapeutic composition, e.g., a pill, tablet, capsule or liquid for oral administration to the mammal. Other forms of compositions are also envisioned, e.g., a liquid capable of being administered nasally as drops or spray, or a liquid capable of intravenous, parenteral, subcutaneous, or intraperitoneal administration. The 3 o substance administered may be in the form of a biodegradable sustained release formulation for intramuscular administration. For maximum efficacy, where zero order release is desirable, e.g., an implantable or external pump, e.g., an InfusaidTM pump (Infusaid Coip, ~~~'eu9::IJ ~~.~~,~,~.:1 r , ' r .
r r ~ r ~ ' r MA), may be used.
Kits I Tie ~l A ording to the Invention The invention encompasses kits for diagnosis or treatment of diseases according s to the invention.
A diagnostic kit includes suitable packaging materials and one or more of the following reagents: a nucleic acid probe as defined hereinabove, and optionally means for detecting the probe when bound to its complementary sequences. For example, the nucleic acid probe may be labeled, e.g., radiolabeled, fluorescently labeled, etc., or may be detected io via indirect labeling techniques, e.g., using a biotin/avidin system, well known in the art.
A diagnostic system, preferably in kit form, comprises yet another embodiment of this invention. This system is useful for assaying the presence of a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein or its derivative in cells by the formation of an immune complex. This system includes at least one package that contains an antibody of this invention. Optionally, i5 a kit also may include a positive tissue sample control.
Antibodies are also utilized along with an "indicating group" also sometimes referred to as a "label". The indicating group or label is utilized in conjunction with the antibody as a means for determining whether an immune reaction has taken place, and in some instances for determining the extent of such a reaction.
a o The terms "indicating group" or "label" are used herein to include single atoms and molecules that are linked to the antibody or used separately, and whether those atoms or molecules are used alone or in conjunction with additional reagents. Such indicating groups or labels are themselves well-known in immunochemistry and constitute a part of this invention only insofar as they are utilized with otherwise novel antibodies, methods and/or a s systems.
For example, an antigen-specific antibody or antibody fragment is detectably labeled by linking the same to an enzyme and use it in an EIA, or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). This enzyme, in turn, when later exposed to a substrate in such a mariner as to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by 3 o spectrophotometric, flourometric or, most preferably, by visual means. The substrate may be a chromogenic substrate which generates a, reaction product visible to the naked eye.
Enzymes which can be used to detectably label the binding protein which is ~~I~DED SI~~T
specific for the desired detectable mutant protein, include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-V-steroid isomerase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, asparaginase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, s glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase and acetylcholinesterase.
By radioactively labeling the binding protein, for example, the antibody, it is possible to detect the antigen bound to a solid support through the use of a radioimmunoassay (RIA). The radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a gamma counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography. Isotopes which are particularly useful for the to purpose of the present invention are: 3H, ~3'I, ~4C, and preferably i2sl.
It is also possible to label the first or second binding protein with a fluorescent compound. When the fluorescently labeled antibody is exposed to light of the proper wave length, its presence can then be detected due to fluorescence. Among the most commonly used fluorescent labelling compounds are fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 15 phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, Q-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
The first or second binding protein also can be detectably labeled by coupling it to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged antibody is then determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of particularly useful chemiluminescent labeling compounds z o are luminol, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium ester, imidazole, acridinium salt and oxalate ester.
Likewise, a bioluminescent compound may be used to label the first or second binding protein. Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction.
25 The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Important bioluminescent compounds for purposes of labeling are luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
The invention also includes diagnostic reagents for use in the present invention, such as nucleic acid sequences, probes and antibody molecules, and/or positive tissue a o controls, as described above, and kits including such reagents for use in diagnosing or treating a disease.
An indicating group or label is preferably supplied along with the antibody and AM~~~DED SHfET
r r. r ~ ., r r r ~ ' ' ~ r r ' , n r r ~ r ~
' r r r r may be packaged therewith or packaged separately. Additional reagents such as hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine, and nickel ammonium sulfate may also be included in the system when an indicating group such as HRP is utilized. Such materials are readily available in commerce, as are many indicating groups, and need not be supplied along with the s diagnostic system. In addition, some reagents such as hydrogen peroxide decompose on standing, or are otherwise short-lived like some radioactive elements, and are better supplied by the end-user.
OTHER EMBODIMENTS
1 o It will be understood that the invention is described by way of illustration only.
Many other embodiments of the present invention in addition to those herein described will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the description herein given without departing from the scope of the present invention as defined in the appended claims.
~AfJIE~~:D~D SHfET
..
r r.
,- r ,- ~ ' .
Table 1 EARLY ONSET
10-20% of total number of AD cases familial 60% 90% unknown (54) 33% PS1 0% autosomal dominant (6) 5% APP
<1% PS2 60% unknown 40% sporadic LATE ONSET
80-90% of total number of AD cases familial 40% 90% unknown (36) ~0% autosomal dominant* (4) 60% slporadic Based upon a population-based cross-section study of dementia, 72% of all demented people suffer from Alzheimer's disease (AD), 16% from vascular dementia, 6%
from Parkinson's disease dementia and 6% of other dementias (Ott et al., 1995).
Early (<65 years) and late (>65 years) onset (EGAD and LOAD) forms of Alzheimer's disease are distinguished. Familial means that AD was observed in relatives of the first degree. This study is based upon Ott et al., 1995; Van Broeckhoven, 1995; Cruts et al., 1998.
In familial EOAD the majority (54%) is not yet linked to a chromosome, whereas 6% is inherited in a an autosomal dominant way and linked to chromosome 1 (PS2, <1 %), 14 (PS1, 33%), 19 (APP, 5%), whereas 60% of the autosomal dominant forms is still not linked.
In familial LOAD, the majority (90%) is not yet linked to a chromosome, whereas 10% is inherited in an autosomal dominant way. A subset may be linked to chromosome (Pericak-Vance et al., 1997) and ApoE4 nuclear families.
Risk factors: 65% of all EOAD and 25% of all LOAD cases display ApoE4 polymorphism (one or two E4 alleles). ApoE4 data in early onset AD are based upon a study by Van Broeckhoven and Cruts (n = 102 patients). Other risk factors for late onset AD
are butyrylcholinesterase and cytochrome c oxidase.
References Cruts, M. et al. (1998) Hum. Mol. Genetics 7, 43-51 Davis, R.E. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94, 4526-4531 Lehmann, D.J. ef aL (1997) Human Mol. Gen. 6, 1933-1936 Ott, A. et al. (1995) Br. Med. J. 310, 970-973 Pericak-Vance, M.A. et aL (1997) JAMA 278, 1237-1241 Van Broeckhoven, C.L. (1995) Eur. Neurology 35, 8-19 AME~~D~D ~N~:~' .'r~ -. _ ~ __ ._ _'~. . . ~ , .' n f0 C O
(~ L O
a U
O ' L
L
- -p ~ O U C L ~ 4t-tn C ~ O .c . p p p O t~ ' L
~ C f9 ' U
O O
_ _ _ p > ~ N (a N U O f9 ~ U
E
N C C V C ~ U
O ~ L U U
L L f0 ~
,p O O ~ ~, V C U
f' ~ V p O
E' N ~ ~ ~.~ ~. ~ -n~_ o ' ' C
O
d O ~' C ~~ ~ N ~ ~ I9 t0 <p 'aN
~ C O~ n.O U v p _ U- 7 O.~ _ O
O ;C ~ ~ XX t~ X L
O O O~ . p O C
> C ~ L.. ~
O ~ ~ ~N ' ~ O-O '~~ Lt ~L C w ~V fp O
N tn ~ U O U p f0 W f9 a~ ~'L O
0= V O-L ~ ~ U C ~
p O . 'DO '0~~~ UUG>UL~..N V70'OD~
?.
~ U00)EO
U ~ c ~ ~ aE v v QQQQQQQ QQQQQ
E 'a ~
E
S'c oo cocoaor~~omo o'~oo _oocomooo u~coaom ~ O Ot~
O
M N~ O O~O ~t~~Or OO
C-N~lnh ~ ~ ~Nw7 0cN
-NM ~ ' ~
T ~Trr!"T1~
r1 T r rl TrI~T!"T
d.
TrTr O
U U N
C O O ~' I9 C
O,O ~ ~C . W X
tn d~ t0 NpMr-t~000MO -(D O L Ln f~
(' U O ~ 0 >' t M U
~
' ~~d'~t0.~ C NC M~C
~ ~ DM~~ OM~~tMM 01'~
r O~~ f lL e 4= U M' U
O -tn N
O
1~~ tn r MOOT-r,~ CflLn ~ N~ Mttd'MNCDM M~~t~'~!
~'O ~ V N d"~ M V r N r N
C
O
w f0 Q ~ ~ m m m ~ m 1~ A I~ ~O f~ t0 I~ h 1~ f~ f~ C
.D
C
t9 N
C
C p ~ ' , U O j O ~ i ~ i ~ i ~ ~ i i i y(je-CDLnr1'MT NNTfw~
p 0'D ~ ,~~ T r e- /~
C
O
f0 X~
L
C
U ' V
O (0 'O C1 O Q~ r''M MVtI~Ln f~C~O~ OOOCNO o~0 ~~ ROtnO~COr-c0 OOMf~f~
L C UV'~~Y ~(OCO f~f~-I~t~f~
d L
d d M T07tnP-MO ~Dh- O t~M
.O'V m ~ CO NTNMf~I~ NN 00 000 ~l~t~O~eM-l~~ O'd ~~~
O OTe-000 00 O 00 _NOO~-0000 OOOrO
m O O 00 r-'~~00OO re- O e-O OCDOr-LnNOJ MMrOM
~"' U Z cv c Z ao ao o~ o~ oo a~ a~ o~ o> o ao o~ a o~ ao a~ o~ o~ a~ ao ao a~
o> a~ a~
~~~~i(~tU ~~~T
r r ~ , . ~ , t , r' n.. ~ r C
O
J
O
D
O vi U
O
LL
N
C
o a c ti U ~O O O
O ~U O
_CV O ~f_0 U~OW 7 'O C.C
f0 . O
'D --"~'.~ U O f0 7 _UO .~ ~ ~ _ (~00 C O
~O U'W'O U_ ~fB ~ O C N ~ U
~ ~ = N ~E C O = C O-~ f0 ~N C O V7 N f9 fn O O w. ~ d. ~ (Lp ~C ~'~ ~C O
,f~N~X~~(9d.f~C~X =~NUOVf'O ~fC
O
U fl.V ~ a~ U ~ ~ ~~ ~'~L ~ ,O
O~N >,LOdfO W.tOCf9G~C O
N .OOUELO'O'OU .aOUO.U~d ~~~~~U~
U Q'OQQQQQQQ
_O
OOOtnOOM000C0 ONNOO~ U
00NOC~NO~CDO M~rO00f~0 II
'~ OOOOOMO000 I~I~Ope-OOp~ (n m 3 °' .-r-~~-~.-~,- t- o C~
cc °-°v c'°a v ~roamnr. v ~O ?~ ~~ ~N~M~~~ca7~ ''~'NOOC0~0 ,>
LL 'O v. ~O e- Ln r- O
O
C
O II
(0 O C.
r V7 N ~ N
v 'd'Mtn'cfN'~1~M~' y ~lt7~Nl~r ~ N
~C
N
a ~c cocDl~vvmn n r~ cl~r~ c ~ ~I~ ~c°
-o _n. .
c m ~a o .c c . ° r' IIM
v scam ~'D~ 00~'vtln°~t~M ~00~~ i M00 * ai c c io x ~ : co r O * * * * * * * m j, U m' V ~ d 7 L N ~ .fl _i7.0 N c0 GI O C
,~, O p~ N
- p~~Mtntn~0o00N ~' O.OC Qv 0000000000000000 ~~~~CNOCMD(~OC~O
U '' ~' ~ o v0 d N n' >. E N Z U
C1 U w d dl~lntn~OJI~tONCO CNOtI7~1n0000 (I ~
m O .C~~d'OONe-OOOtt C0000(D~II~N
_NOOOOO.-ooo 300.-000 °°v I~U Z c=o c Qmrn~o~a°°o~a>o~°o~ ~~~a°~o~~~~ Z
ccv .A~~DED S~E~' r r , r r r r r r r C' ~ r f ~ r r. , r o Table 3 Immunoreactivities in the human frontal cortex (Brodman area 11 ) for mutant p amyloid precursor +otein and ubiquitin-B, the mRNA of which is expressed in the +1 reading frame (pAPP" and Ubi ). Tissues were obtained from controls and neuropathologically confirmed Alzheimer and Down _.._a__...... ..____ NBB
autopsy age sex neurop atho- pAPP"' Ubi-B"
no. (years) (m/f) logical state' TIPS tangles Non-demented controls 89003 34 m _ _ _ _ 81021 43 . m _ _ _ _ 94119 51 f _ _ _ _ 94125 51 m _ _ _ _ 88037 58 m _ _ _ 90073 65 f _ _ _ _ 90079 72 m +a _ _ _ 91026 80 f - _ _ _ 91027 82 f _ _ _ 90080 85 m + +a _ . _ 81007 90 f +a _ _ 90083 90 f + _ _ _ !~ oOS. staining Alzheimer cases 89057 40 m + + _ +
86055 45 m + + _ +
90102 49 m + + _ +
91092 54 f + + _ +
85013 56 f + + _ _ 92054 61 m +~ +~ _ +
88073 66 m + + _ +
83002 70 f +~ + + +
93047 70 m + +~ + _ 91094 73 f +~ + - +
90118 77 m +~ +~ - +
93044 77 m + +e _ +
93087 81 m +a + - +
90015 81 f + +a + +
93045 83 f +a + - +
91081 85 f +a +a _ _ 88028 85 f + + _ +
90117 86 m + +~ _ +
91086 88 m +a +a - +
86002 90 f + +a + +
93048 92 f + _ _ _ DOS. Staining 19% 80%
Downs' syndrome 93162 54 f +~ + + +
92080 58 f + + + +
89005 59 f + + + +
93161 62 f +~ +~ + +
96015 63 f _ _ _ 94058 64 m + + + +
93028 67 f +~ + + +
% nns staininn Qaoi flaoi NBB = Netherlands Brain Bank, 'Number of plaques (all types) [1j and tangles as revealed by Congo Red and Bodian silver staining: a) few, b) moderate, c) many.
~d;~~u 4:~~~E:
r f n r .- ~ , ' i c r .
~ ~ ~ r r ~
f n .. !' ~
Table 4 Immunoreactivities in the human temporal cortex (Brodman area 38) for mutant ~
amyloid precursor ~~rotein and ubiquitin-B the mRNA of which is expressed in the +1 reading frame (~iAE~P" and Ubi-B
). Tissues were obtained from controls and neuropathologically confirmed Alzheimer cases. Down C\IYII~I/\mtf n~~ie~.~~n eW,w.....J AI-L_~... .
NBB
notopsy (years) mx/f) logical state' LAPP" Ubi-B"
( i,LqPS IangiPs Non-demented controls 89003 34 m _ _ _ 81021 43 m _ _ _ 94119 51 f - _ 94125 51 m _ _ _ -88037 58 m _ _ -90073 65 f _ _ _ _ 90079 72 m _ _ _ 91026 80 f - _ _ 91027 82 f _ 90080 85 m + + _ +
81007 90 f +a +a _ 90083 90 f + _ _ _ oos_ staining p%
Alzheimer cases 8905740 m + + _ +
8605545 m + +~ + +
9010249 m + + _ +
9109254 f + +~ _ +
8501356 f + + _ +
9205461 m + + + +
8807366 m +a +a + +
8300270 f + + + +
9304770 m + + + +
9109473 f + ~ + - +
9011877 m + + _ +
9304477 m +a + _ +
9308781 m +e + + +
9001581 f + + + +
9304583 f + + + +
8802885 f +a +~ _ +
9108185 f + + - +
9011786 m +~ +~ _ +
9108688 m + +a _ +
8600290 f +~ +~ + +
9304892 f +~ +a _ _ oo~. tainino 4~o/n 45%
a Downs'syndrome 9316254 f + + + +
9208058 f + + + +
8900559 f + +~ + +
9316162 f +~ + + +
9601563 f +a 9405864 m + + + +
9302867 f + + + +
NBB = Netherlands Brain Bank, *Number of plaques (all types) [1] and tangles as revealed by Congo Red and Bodian silver staining: a) few, b) moderate, c) many.
~i~~i~~D ~~F~.-'~~
r ~~
,.
' . c r ' ~ ' r ~ , 68 ~f r.
Table 5 Immunoreactivities in the human hippocampus for mutant amyloid precursor protein and ubiquitin-B, the mRNA of which is expressed in the +1 readin frame. (APP" and Ubi-B").
Tissues were obtained NBB
notopsy ( 9 ars) m/f) logical pAPP" Ubi-B"
( fu state' 4uP~ tan9i ~
Non-demented controls 89003 34 m _ _ _ _ 81021 43 m _ _ _ _ 94119 51 f _ _ _ 94125 51 m _ _ 88037 58 n1 _ +a _ 90073 65 f 90079 72 m + +~ _ +
91026 80 f + +~ _ +
91027 82 f + _ +
90080 85 m + + _ +
81007 90 f + + _ +
90083 90 f _ +a _ +
oos. staining Alzheimer cases 89057 40 m +a + _ +
86055 45 m + +~ _ +
90102 49 m + +~ _ +
91092 54 f + +~ + +
85013 56 f + +a _ +
92054 61 m + + + +
88073 66 f +~ +~ _ +
83002 70 f + + _ . + +
93047 70 m + + + _ 91094 73 f + + - +
90118 77 m + + + +
93044 77 m + + + +
93087 81 m + +~ + +
93045 83 f + + - +
88028 85 f +a + - +
91081 85 f + + _ +
90117 86 m + + + +
91086 88 m + + + +
86002 90 f + + _ +
93048 92 f + + + +
ogs. staining 50% A5%
Downs' syndrome 93162 54 f + + + +
92080 58 f + +~ + +
89005 59 f + + + +
93161 62 f +~ +~ + +
96015 63 f _ _ _ 94058 64 m + + + +
93028 67 f +~ + _ +
positive staining 71 % 86%
NBB = Netherlands Brain Bank, * Number of plaques all types [11 and tangles as revealed by Congo Red and Bodian silver staining: a) few, b) moderate, c~ many. n tf~a absence of hippocampal tissue, patient #90015 was not studied.
~~~~~~ ~e~f r r r r r r ' ' r r r w r ~ r r r . r= r , r r .
- r ~ . .- r r r . r ' , .
r N'O fC ' N r , d ~ + N >
m z V
m E p t n o . N O
O O v C
m Q
S U.U O m ~ O
E
~ N W ~ w 3 n ~ m cue ~
_ .
L ..-. s O N ..
IO O O ~
N d ~ .D
_ c oca E >
.
.~ ~ a co m o a ~
~co o a a' N ~
c -c N a d ~ W
e c c = n. o voni .c -v ~ ~ 3 ~
cN E c c co~
E a~
~~ c 'N '~ c ~
_ ~ a f/l O U'C. 3 a E ~ a~ L
Loc c o a ~ w -O p~ O L
L -p C M ~' ~ d o fl 3 .
a ~ ,~ v m t U d y w ca a ' o~ o~ao o ~ a E' ~ ' (9 3 L C j, N
n' O O m' O N d a a, m y .'-.
~ ~
F o v m ~
~ c ~ Q' o, o v c o a o a~ E
o c ~ ~ E
~
Q o "
-c :~: ... ~.~ c -o - Ec m c a N 3 ~ ~ C~'1 U C fl. ~- _ _ N
O O
om>. :- ~ o co QN~o 3 d U .~ ~ ~ O N CO ~ +
G) ~
O
p C C'O
Q, oaco o vio-vEo ~ o U ~'-p-~ ~ p r = rr p O O
E O ~0 ~ 'C L C
d U O ~C
N
V CN .
~~ ,.
+
c~E ti ~ o a~ocoo -oL~N~ a '~d ~ ~
c~- ao~a ' ~ ~ vi ~ ~~-~..'vn L L
.
~-' tn ~ O tn w,0N C7 O O ~
L 'p~.0~ C
wOV
ICOfE90 ~ CU00'- ~ 00 .
E~E ~ cio#XN ~ HN
LO~ II .-. ~'pCNC ~ NQ
O:D C v.. N II ~ ~
O ~.
~
~
~ca~ ~ II ~~,~ w ~ ~
C ~ ~ ~~ a0 C C O
c ~
' _ ~ N C ~ C E ~ ~e ~-f ~ U ~
.,... O U ~ _ a ~ C
p ''~ 'O V7 ~ O
~
O O
~ ~ L E d U C C _ 'pO ~N ~,O O ~ C
O . d v7 ,C.
'p CG ~'t!7 C vW' O ~ " N
a~ ~ a u~
c c O O N O E O ~ v~ ~ ~ ,~ L
N O
eu 'a -v ~ N
E X N O I'1O C ~ O r =
L N
O
t0 z Q p f 5~ 3H
HEa~Q 0 Na~OV~
11~'~~t~~~-J ~=.y ;.-~..
r r ~- r - r r r r r ~ r , r- ~. . .
r ~ , ~ ' ~ c r r ~ r , r - ~ . .
7~
Table 7 GAGAG MOTIFS
(CODING SEQUENCE NUMBER NUMBER
OF LONGEST FORM) (1:1024) (iAPP 2234 2,2 7 Tau 1096 1.1 _ Ubiquitin B 687 0.7 2 Apolipoprotein g53 O.g -MAP2b 5475 5.3 11 NF-low (68 K) 582 0.6 3 NF-medium (145 2748 2,7 3 K) NF-H (200 K) 3063 3,1 2 Presenilin I 1392 1,4 3 Presenilin II 1346 1.3 3 Big Tau 2058 2 5 GFAP l2gg 1,3 6 P53 1239 1.2 2 BCL2 717 0.7 1 Semaphorin III 2313 2.3 4 HUPF-I 3351 3,3 3 HMG 327 0.3 1 NSP-A 2268 2.3 2 .;y _~L1~?li~:rt~.~ ;~!.ilawE~~~~
r ~
~
r n r ' . ~ ~ ~ r . . , , r ~ r r C . r ~7 , . r m ~a _ ay /1 Z T ~ ~ CO
d ~- N ~ N T r- C~ ~ O
.
N
I' O T ~-T ~ a ~T
O
r Z
T
' ~T
a m o z o Q
N T O
T
Q n (~Op ~ ~ ~ ~ d N -7?
~
E- T o~ J ' Z
O ~p T ~
m . C
N IO
O~
O t0 ~- m ~M
UJ
N h C'7 Y c ~ W ~ O
00 M .. N I' ~ pp (n T N M e-CO. T M O ~ d ... N Q
N ~' ~ ILO
~U :~
~O
'n s a .o ~
z o w o a~
a a w p O
LL .
N
~
Q U) o U itlZ ~ ~
~ D C7 O Z~ T T
J " ~ l L1J - l O J If N
d ' Ni O
m d d ~ p f0 T
Z > O U
t _ LIJ Z J O
J O
Cr ~ 1 O~ V Q 0 ~ O
u U u- U ~ ~I iv .l O i _ g ~U X U W t lu Q
o> > aw ~ ll oZ
~-.
Z C~ ,~, Q ., U ..
(n d o w w a z o d -z z Q QQJQ ~ ~ a ~ w~ U E
.O
~
F- ULU m C7 uJO. + ~ Tin=
~~p~i'~_.!'~ > .
f r f :- r , f ~ r r. f .. r ~ ~. .
r f , I , f r r ~ r ~ .
f r c ~ r f r r ~ r r . ~ ~ ' , ~. r Table 9 +1 protein sequences (right) predicted by a dinucleotide deletion iri an mRNA molecule ing for different proteins encod (left) aAPP" RGRTSSKELA SEQ 1 " ID
NO:
Tau HGRLAPARHAS SEQ ID 2 Ubi NO:
B"
Ubi NO:
B"
Ubi NO:
B"
Ubi NO:
B"
- YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ SEQ ID 1400]
NO:
A~ po-E GAPRLPPAQAA SEQ ID 6 +' NO:
Neurofilament-L" PGNRSMGHE NO:
Neurofilament-M" EAEGGSRS NO: 9 ' SEQ ID
NO:
Neurofilament-H' VGAARDSRAA SEQ ID 1 " NO:
Presenilin I HDYPPGGSV SEQ ID 11 " NO:
Presenilin I SIQKFQV SEQ ID 12 NO:
Presenilin II" VEKPGERGGR SEQ ID 13 NO:
Big Tau" PLFGRGHKRG SEQ ID 14 " NO:
P53" NO:
BCL2+' NO:
+, NO:
Semaphorin III AGLLAIPEAK SEQ ID 18 NO:
Semaphorin III" YVDVYNGGKFS SEQ ID 19 " NO:
HUPF NO:
I"
HMG" NO:
NSP NO:
A"
NSP NO:
A+' NO:
pN!~~fD~D SffEET
t r r r f t. C f . f f- , f .
f f . f f ' f r I. , I , I' r ~' r f f f ~ I
. . f .
Table 10 ~''t b altered GAG AGG GAA CGU
Glu Arg Glu Arg GAG AGG GAG AGG
Glu Arg Glu Arg CGA GAG CGU GAA
Arg Glu Arg Glu AUG AGA GAA AUG CGC GAA
Met Arg Glu Met Arg Glu GAG AGA GAA CGC
Glu Arg Glu Arg
- r . r r , r BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The invention encompasses methods and reagents for the diagnosis of a disease caused by or associated with a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshi$
mutation within s an RNA molecule. The methods include the steps of providing a body fluid or tissue sample from a patient; and analyzing the sample for the presence of an RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation or a protein encoded thereby, wherein the presence of the mutated RNA
or encoded protein is indicative of the disease.
It is an object of the present invention to provide methods and assays for detection 1 o and/or treatment of diseases involving transcript mutations, particularly those diseases relating to aging, wherein the probability of having the disease increases with the age of the patient.
The invention contemplates detection and/or treatment of those age-related diseases which are due to mutations occurring in the RNA of cells. If the mutations are not corrected, the disease may result.
15 Another object of the invention is to treat diseases identified according to the invention, by providing to a patient afflicted with the disease or having a propensity to develop the disease, a corrective agent such as an enzyme or oligonucleotide.
Yet another object of the invention is to provide a method for identifying age-related diseases by correlating nucleotide sequence mutation hotspots with the disease.
a o Other objects of the invention relate to identification, detection and treatment of age-related diseases including cancers (especially non-hereditary cancers) and neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's Disease (AD), Downs' syndrome, frontal lobe dementia (Pick's Disease), progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) and other diseases with abundant tau-positive filamentous lesions (such as Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia z s pugilistica, Dementia with tangles only, Dementia with tangles and calcification, Frontotemporal demential with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Gertsmann-Strassler-Scheinker disease with tangles, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease type C, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Postencephalitic Parkinsonism and Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis), Parkinson's Disease (PD), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, 3 o Huntington's Disease, multiple sclerosis, dementia with Lewy bodies, multisystem atrophy, other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin (such as Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and during aging Marinesco bodies and Hyaline f~r~E~~LED S~fEET
r . . ~ ~ , ,~
inclusions), diabetes mellitus type II and other degenerative diseases, such as cardiovascular diseases and rheumatoid arthritis. Early disease diagnosis is important for effective treatment.
Alzheimer's Disease is in most cases a disease which is related to aging. AD
is characterized by atrophy of nerve cells in the cerebral cortex, subcortical areas, and hippocampus and the presence of plaques, dystrophic neurites, neuropil threads and neurofibrillary tangles. In most cases, it is not known whether AD is caused by a genetic abnormality or by environmental factors, or both. The pathogenic mutation is unknown.
Another object of the invention is to provide a diagnostic test for AD which enables definitive diagnosis of AD in living patients. Furthermore, as AD is a progressive to disease, it is desirable to diagnose AD as early as possible so that preventative action may be taken.
A number of diagnostic methods have been previously suggested for AD
diagnosis, most of which have focused on the (3-amyloid precursor protein. See for example U.S. Patents 4,666,829, 4,816,416 and 4,933,159. However, (3-amyloid deposits have been i5 found in individuals, especially aged persons, who have not shown signs of dementia (See J.
Biol. Chem., 2~, pp 15977, 1990; and Tables 3-5). Diagnostic tests based on the ~i-amyloid protein have therefore been shown to lack specificity for AD.
In U.S. Patent 4,727,041 a diagnostic test for AD is described based on measuring levels of somatotropin and somatomedin-C in blood sera following administration of an L-2 o dopa proactive test.
In International patent application WO 94/02851, a method is described for identifying AD by the use of antibodies having affinity for paired helical filaments in order to determine the levels of paired helical filaments in cerebral spinal fluid.
The presence of paired helical filaments is alleged to be indicative of AD.
25 Other diagnostic methods are based on the identification of "disease specific marker proteins" in the cerebrospinal fluid. In International patent application WO 95/05604, for example, five disease specific proteins are identified by their molecular weights.
However, the specific identity of the proteins is unknown and their specific relationship to the pathogenesis of AD is also unknown. The five "disease specific marker proteins" may 3 o therefore be present as a result of a more fundamental cellular or biochemical change.
Another object of the invention is to provide for detection of AD preferably early on in the disease state. It is desirable to detect a protein or substance which is either directly r.~~~~b~~D ~~i~ET
r r ,- . . _ , r responsible for the disease or is involved early on in the pathogenesis of the disease, or if not involved is nevertheless generated directly or indirectly by the mechanism causing the disease. Such a protein or substance may be the "causative" agent to the disease or may be "associated with" the disease state in the sense of being diagnostic of the disease state.
Recently, Shernngton et al. in Nature, 3~, pp 254-260, 1995, identified a gene on chromosome 14 bearing missense mutations which are associated with up to 33% of autosomal dominant early onset AD cases (Table 1). A missense mutation involves a nucleotide substitution, usually a single nucleotide substitution, which results in an amino acid substitution at the corresponding codon. The missense mutations disclosed in io Sherrington et al. are predicted to change the encoded amino acid at the following positions (numbering from the first putative initiation codon) Met to Leu at codon 146, His to Arg at codon 163, Ala to Glu at codon 246, Leu to Val at codon 286, Cys to Tyr at codon 410. It has been proposed that these mutations may be useful in identifying early onset AD. As stated earlier, the majority of AD cases are late onset (after 65 years of age; Table 1) and it is i5 therefore still a problem to identify the majority of individuals having AD, particularly late onset AD.
There is no indication that these diseases occur at the RNA level and not at the DNA level. Accordingly, the prior art methods of detection are for mutated DNA
or for a protein encoded by the mutated DNA, and will not give an indication of the presence of a a o transcript mutation in an RNA molecule.
Presently, there are a number of substances which are alleged to be useful in the treatment of AD. However, so far only limited success has been achieved with these substances. Methods for effectively treating and/or preventing AD are still required (see Allen and Burns, Journal of Psychopharmacology, 2, pp 43-56, 1995).
SLJMNIARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based on the observation that an RNA molecule containing a frameshift mutation and encoding a corresponding mutant protein are correlated with the presence of a disease.
3 o According to the present invention there is provided a method for the diagnosis of a disease caused by or associated with an RNA molecule having one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. providing a biological sample, such as a P~~f~ct~rJ~D SN~Ef' r , - r r ~ . . r - ~ r r . ~ r r body fluid or tissue sample, from a patient; and ii. analyzing the sample for the presence of an RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation or a mutant protein encoded thereby, wherein the presence of the mutated RNA or mutant protein is indicative of the disease.
A "mutant" protein is a polypeptide encoded by a mutant mRNA at least a part of s which is in a reading frame that is shifted relative to the initiation start codon from that of the native or wild-type reading frame, and thus will include any protein having an aberrant carboxy terminal portion which is encoded by the +1 or +2 reading frame of the wild type gene sequence. Thus, the mutant protein will include a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein having an amino terminal amino acid sequence that is encoded by the wild type (O) reading io frame and a carboxy terminal amino acid sequence that is encoded by the +1 or +2 reading frame, and thus the nonsense portion of the mutant protein. The cross-over point between the wild type and nonsense amino acid sequences is the codon containing the frameshift mutation.
The invention is based on the discovery of the presence of such a mutant protein or an accumulation of more than one mutant protein in a tissue from a diseased individual, and also on identification of the mutant protein as indicative of the disease.
The invention is also based on the discovery that the mutation that gives rise to the mutant protein occurs at the RNA level and not at the DNA level.
The phrase "caused by or associated with" refers to an RNA molecule which is either fully or partly responsible for the disease, or an RNA molecule which is not responsible a o for the disease but is associated with the diseased state in the sense that it is diagnostic of the diseased state.
A disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation can be any disease including non-hereditary cancers, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's Disease (AD); Downs' a s syndrome; frontal lobe dementia (Pick's Disease); progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) and other diseases with abundant tau-positive filamentous- lesions such as Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia pugilistica, Dementia with tangles only, Dementia with tangles and calcification, Frontotemporal dementias with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Gertsmann-Strassler-Scheinker disease with tangles, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick s o disease type C, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Postencephalitic Parkinsonism and Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis; Parkinson's Disease (PD) amyotrophic lateral sclerosis;
Huntington's Disease; multiple sclerosis; dementia with Lewy bodies, multisystem atrophy 1~~~~~~ncrs c~3~C'r' r f . r r _ . r r r r r , r f r r r .-C' . ~ r r f r and other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin such as Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and during aging Marinesco bodies and Hyaline inclusions; and other degenerative diseases such as cardiovascular diseases, rheumatoid arthritis and Diabetes mellitus type II. Cancers treatable according to the invention include, s but are not limited to, Hodgkin's disease, acute and chronic lymphocytic leukemias, multiple myeloma, breast, ovary, lung, and stomach or bladder cancers.
An RNA molecule having a transcript mutation which leads to a frameshift mutation, and herein referred to as the "mutant RNA", can be any RNA molecule having at least one transcript mutation which leads to a frameshift mutation. The RNA
molecule may i o be any RNA molecule including primary transcripts and messenger RNA
(mRNA).
The term "transcript mutation" refers to a mutation which occurs at the RNA
level but does not occur in the DNA from which the RNA was transcribed. In order to identify transcript mutations a comparison between the RNA and the DNA from which the RNA was transcribed has to be made.
15 A "frameshift mutation" refers to a deletion or insertion of one or more nucleotides within an open reading frame, for example, a single nucleotide or dinucleotide deletion or insertion, such that the reading frame of the coding region is shifted by one or two nucleotides. Preferably, the frameshift mutation is a nucleotide or dinucleotide deletion leading to a + 1 or +2 frameshift mutation. However, any number of nucleotide deletions can 20 occur provided a frameshift mutation results. Alternatively, the insertion of one or more nucleotides may give rise to a frameshift and such mutations also form part of the present invention.
Other genetic modifications which give rise to a frameshift also form part of the present invention, such as a change in the nucleotide sequence which leads to translation s s initiation from a different position or a mutation outside a coding region, such as within an Intron (if the RNA molecule is a primary transcript), or a 5' or 3' untranslated region, which mutation may result in mis-translation and production of a mutant protein.
It is preferred that the mutation is a nucleotide and more preferably a dinucleotide deletion or insertion associated with the nucleotide sequence GAGA or its complementary 3 o sequence CTCT of the RNA molecule; especially preferred frameshift mutations are associated with the nucleotide sequence of the RNA comprising GAGAX or CTCTX, where X is one of G, A, U or C, the preferred motifs being GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT, and ~~1~"1171rn H~
,. ,. , _ _ , ~ - r r r , r r r .- , r. - , r GAGAA as well as CTCTC, CTCTG, CTCTA and CTCTT. As used herein, the term "GAGA
mutation" may refer to either a single nucleotide insertion or deletion or a dinucleotide insertion or deletion within the GAGA or CTCT motif itself or adj acent to (5'-or 3'-terminal to-, and within 5-10 nucleotides of ) the GAGA or CTCT motif.
Preferably, the dinucleotide deletion is a GA deletion within the GAGA motif or a GT deletion immediately following (i.e., within 10 nucleotides 3' of) a GAGA
motif and a CT deletion in the CTCT motif. It is further preferred that the mutant RNA has one or two dinucleotide deletions associated with a GAGA, GAGAC, GAGAG, GAGAT or GAGAA, or with a CTCT, CTCTG, CTCTC, CTCTA or CTCTT, leading to a + 1 or + 2 frameshift io mutation respectively.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the transcript mutations occur in RNA
molecules of the neuronal system, where the disease is a neurodegenerative disease.
The "neuronal system" is defined as any cells, RNA molecules, proteins or substances relating to or forming part of the neuronal system such as nerve cells, glial cells, i5 proteins including Tau, (3 amyloid precursor protein, ubiquitin B, apolipoprotein E4, neurofilament proteins and microtubule associated protein II, presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), Human P53 cellular tumor antigen, human B-cell leukemia/lymphoma 2 (BCL-2) protooncogene, semaphorins human homolog of yeast ~-frameshift protein 1 (HUFF-I), Human Motility Group Protein (HIVIG), neuron specific a o protein A (NSP-A) and the RNA molecules encoding the proteins.
Where the disease is a neurodegenerative disease, especially AD, the preferred mutant RNA molecules of the present invention are those encoding the (3 amyloid precursor protein, the Tau protein, ubiquitin, apolipoprotein-E4 (Apo-E4), microtubule associated protein II (MAP 2), the neurofilament proteins, presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, 2 s BCL2, HUFF-I, HMG and NSP-A, having a deletion, insertion or other modification leading to a frameshift mutation. The most preferred mutant RNA molecules of the present invention are those encoding (3 amyloid precursor protein, ubiquitin B, MAP 2, the neurofilament proteins, presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, bcl2 and HUFF-I, which have a frameshift mutation.
3 o It is preferred that the mutation is a GA or a GT dinucleotide deletion associated with (within or within 10 nucleotides 5' or 3' of) a GAGA or GAGAX sequence leading to a frameshift mutation or a CT or CA dinucleotide deletion associated with (within or within 10 H~,~cwucu ~ttia~i r ~ r r - r - , ~ r r r ' r r - - . r r r r .. . , r. r r r a nucleotides 5' or 3' of) a CTCT or CTCTX sequence leading to a frameshift mutation. It is further preferred that the mutant RNA molecule has one or two GA or GT
deletions or one or two CT or CA deletions, each associated with a GAGA or CTCT sequence or similar motif, leading to a + 1 or + 2 frameshift mutation, respectively.
The term "mutant protein" as used herein is defined as the protein encoded by the mutant RNA molecule of the present invention.
It is preferred that the methods of the present invention are for the diagnosis of a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation. A preferred disease for diagnosis by the io present invention is AD, except the early onset AD cases found to be linked to chromosome 1, 14 and 21. It is further preferred that the methods of the present invention are for the diagnosis of young and late onset AD, especially non-familial or "sporadic"
late onset AD
cases.
As used herein, "biological sample" refers to a body fluid or body tissue which i s contains proteins and/or cells from which nucleic acids and proteins can be isolated. Preferred sources include buccal swabs, blood, sperm, epithelial or other tissue, milk, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, sputum, fecal matter, lung aspirates, throat swabs, genital swabs and exudates, rectal swabs, and nasopharyngeal aspirates.
The body fluid sample can be any body fluid which contains cells having the a o transcript mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation and causes or is associated with the diseases. When the disease is a neurodegenerative disease it is preferred that the body fluid sample contains cells of the neuronal system or the products of such cells. When the disease is a neurodegenerative disease, the preferred body fluid is cerebral spinal fluid, which can be obtained after a lumbar puncture (Lannfelt et al., Nature Medicine, l, pp 829-25 832, 1995). Another preferred body fluid is blood (including, but not limited to, venous, arterial and cord blood), as it is easily obtained and contains lymphocytes which can be analyzed for the presence of the mutant RNA molecule or encoded protein.
The tissue sample can be any tissue and is preferably one that can be easily obtained, such as skin and nose epithelium.
3 o Preferably, when analyzing the sample for a mutant RNA molecule, a nucleic acid probe is used. The nucleic acid probe is preferably a nucleotide probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule encompassing the mutation giving rise r;~ ~it' t ~~~~~ l s i'~7,, t~ !
j ~ is. ;
r r - - .- , ~ r r r r ~ , r . f r f r o t f , r , r .. _ , . r f. . , .
- f ~ ~ . , v r . . -to the frameshift mutation.
The probe must be used to detect RNA or DNA reverse transcribed from the RNA, but must not be used to detect genomic DNA as the genomic DNA will not contain the mutation.
The present invention further provides a nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule encompassing the mutation leading to the frameshift mutation. The probe is preferably sufficiently complementary to the mutant sequence of the RNA molecule so that under stringent conditions the probe only remains bound to the mutant sequence, and is able to distinguish under stringent conditions the mutant io and corresponding wild-type transcripts. "Stringent" conditions are defined herein as RNA:DNA hybridization conditions which may be performed at 65 ° C using a hybridization buffer equivalent to SO% formamide and O.1X SSC (see below and Evans et al.
PNAS (1994) 9; 6059-6063, 6060). "Stringent" conditions also preferably include stringent washes, as described in Evans et al. (Ibid).
15 The probe may be of any length but is preferably between S and SO
nucleotides long, more preferably between 10 and 30 nucleotides long. For example, the probe may be 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 nucleotides in length.
In a preferred embodiment the probe comprises a sequence complementary to a GAGA or GAGAX or to a CTCT or CTCTX, having a nucleotide or dinucleotide deletion or a o insertion, and nucleotide sequences corresponding to the nucleotide sequences flanking the GAGA or CTCT motif in the wild-type RNA molecule. It would be apparent to one skilled in the art that if reverse transcribed DNA complementary to the mutant RNA
sequence was being probed for, a probe comprising a sequence complementary to the corresponding GAGA
or CTCT motif present in the complementary DNA would have to be used.
2 s Methods of detecting the presence of the mutant RNA molecule include the reverse transcriptase polymerise chain reaction (RT-PCR) using primers having a sequence complementary to the sequence either side of the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation. Firstly, one primer is used to reverse transcribe the RNA into DNA, and secondly, two primers are used to amplify the DNA, as described hereinbelow.
3 0 ~ The primers used in the above RT-PCR based method can vary in size from 20bp to 2-3 kb; for example, 20bp, SObp, 100bp, SOObp, 1000bp, 1500bp, 2000bp, or 3000bp. The primers can be prepared by a number of standard techniques including cloning the sequences ~AIIFEaJtU Sti~tT
~-;. , ~_ , r , . .
to flanking the nucleotide region to be amplified or by synthesizing the primers using phosphoramidite method.
The present invention further provides primers for use in the above defined RT
PCR based methods for the amplification of the nucleotide region containing the mutation.
Preferably, when analyzing the sample for the mutant protein of the present invention an immunological test is employed. The immunological test is preferably based on the use an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein of the present invention and not the wild-type protein.
The present invention thus further provides an antibody molecule having to specificity for the mutated protein of the present invention but not for the wild-type protein.
Preferably, the antibody is specific for the carboxy terminal end of the mutant protein.
The present invention further provides a method for the diagnosis of a neurodegenerative disease or other age-related diseases, or a method for the diagnosis of a person with a susceptibility for these diseases comprising: i. providing a body fluid or tissue i5 sample from a patient; and ii. analyzing the sample for the presence of an RNA molecule of the neuronal system having a frameshift mutation or a protein encoded thereby, wherein the presence of the mutated RNA molecule is indicative of a neurodegenerative disease.
Preferably, the neurodegenerative disease is AD and Downs' syndrome.
The present invention also relates to methods for preventing and/or treating the a o diseases, vectors for preventing and/or treating the diseases and for the production of diagnostic reagents, compositions for preventing and/or treating the diseases, nucleic acid sequences, probes and antibody molecules for use in the present invention and transgenic animals.
Therapies contemplated according to the invention include providing to a cell as containing a mutant transcript a ribozyme which is capable of selectively eliminating (i.e., cleaving) the mutant transcript, thus rendering the transcript untranslatable.
The therapies also may include providing to a cell which is thus treated with a ribozyme a corresponding wild-type transcript which is substantially uncleavable by the ribozyme. The wild-type transcript may contain the wild-type sequence corresponding to the 3 o mutant RNA sequence, except for the GAGA or CTCT permutation, and encoding the wild-type protein, and also may include third base (in a codon) silent mutations which further differentiate the wild-type RNA from the mutant RNA sequence, and thus further distinguish ~Mt:;~"J~U ~~~~1 the sequences with respect to ribozyme recognition and cleavage.
Therapies encompassed by the invention also include providing to cells containing a mutant RNA, an RNA or DNA that is complementary to the mutant RNA and able to form a duplex with the mutant RNA that is untranslatable in the cell. The complementary s sequence may be the entire length of the mutant RNA, but is preferably a shorter length, for example, 10, 20, 50 or 100 nucleotides in length. The complementary sequence thus may be administered in the form of an oligonucleotide or may be encoded by an expressible sequence contained in a vector, wherein the vector is administered to the cell.
The invention therefore encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising 1 o a ribozyrne that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT
mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation and a wild-type analog of an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT sequence giving rise to a frameshift is mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a wild-type analog of an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT sequence giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition wherein the wild-z o type analog of an RNA comprises a nucleotide sequence having third base silent mutations.
The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a single stranded nucleic acid having a sequence that is complementary to an RNA
having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
25 The invention also encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising the wild-type analog of a mutant protein in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also encompasses a vector comprising an expressible gene encoding a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT
sequence.
The invention also encompasses a vector comprising an expressible gene encoding s o a sequence complementary to an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The invention also encompasses a host cell containing a vector as described A~~~.~mr(1 CL~~''~' r~ r r _ r ~ r r ,. ._ ~ . - r _ ,, r r ..
.. , r r herein.
The invention also encompasses a method of treatment and/or prevention of a disease caused by or associated with an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation, comprising administering the compositions, vectors, or the host s cells described above to a patient suffering from or susceptible to the disease.
The invention also encompasses the use of a vector encoding a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation under the control of a promoter in therapy.
The invention also encompasses the use of a vector encoding a ribozyme under to the control of a promoter in the manufacture of a composition for the treatment of a disease caused by or associated with at least one an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT
mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The invention also encompasses the use of a vector encoding the sequence complementary to an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a is frameshift mutation under the control of a promoter in therapy.
The invention also encompasses the use of more than one of the compositions, the vectors, or the host cells described above in any combination in therapy.
The invention also encompasses the use of more than one of the compositions, the vectors, or the host cells described herein in any combination in the treatment and/or 2 o prevention of a disease caused by or associated with at least one an RNA
having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The present invention further provides an early marker for a neurodegenerative disease. The invention provides a diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving 2 s rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. a nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule which encompasses the mutation which leads to the frameshift mutation and packaging materials therefor; and ii.
means for detecting the probe bound to the mutant RNA molecule.
The present invention further provides a diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease 3 o caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. primers for use in an RT-PCR
reaction, the primers having a sequence complementary to the sequence either side of the j~;IVit.l'~~~f.) ::.~'si.-:i~l .. ~ r ~ - ~
r r ~ r - , .- ~_ ,, .. _ mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation, packaging materials therefor, and reagents necessary for performing an RT-PCR reaction and amplifying the DNA
sequence containing the mutation; and ii. means for detecting the amplified DNA
sequence containing the mutation.
s The present invention further provides a diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising: i. an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein of the present invention and not the wild-type protein; and ii. means for detecting the antibody molecule bound to the mutant protein.
to The antibody molecule and the means for detecting the bound antibody molecule are as defined above.
In a further embodiment of the present invention the diagnostic kit described above additionally comprising: i. an antibody molecule having specificity for the wild-type protein; and ii. means for detecting the antibody molecule bound to the wild-type protein, as is a control for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
The present invention further provides an RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation which causes or is associated with a disease.
a o The invention further provides several (one or more) RNA molecules encoding the same amino acid sequence up to the GAGA or CTCT motif, and thereafter encoding different sequences. For example, in a single cell, one RNA molecule encoding a frameshifted protein based on, for example, ~3-app, may contain a mutation at or within the GAGA motif in exon 9 of the RNA sequence and a second RNA molecule encoding ~3-app z s may contain a mutation at or within the GAGA motif in exon 10 of the sequence.
The present invention further provides a mutated protein encoded by the mutated RNA molecule found to be indicative of a disease, the mutant RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation. Preferably, the mutant protein contains an antigenic epitope specific for the diseased state, examples of which are provided 3 o in Table 9.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mutated RNA molecule encodes a protein comprising at least part of the sequence designated +1 or +2 in any one of ,y-lFi~ ~H~~'1 ,A.~is~8~, r , . , . , . , ~ r r - .. .. '. . _ .-. , - r _ ;_ _ r, r Figures 2 to 19, or an immunologically equivalent fragment thereof.
In a preferred embodiment the mutated protein comprises any one of the following individual sequences: RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1]; HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID NO:
2]; YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3J; RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4];
s YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400]; GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5], GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ ID NO: 6]; KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID NO: 7]; PGNRSMGHE [SEQ
ID NO: 8]; EAEGGSRS [SEQ ID NO: 9]; VGAARDSRAA [SEQ ID NO: 10];
HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID NO: 11]; SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12]; VEKPGERGGR [SEQ ID
NO: 13]; PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID NO: 14J; EDRGDAGWRGH [SEQ ID NO: 15];
to QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16]; RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD [SEQ ID NO: 17];
AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18]; YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ ID NO: 20; QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ
ID NO: 21]; PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22]; RSWVHPAPPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO:
23]; and GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24], especially when the disease is a neurodegenerative is disease such as AD.
In a preferred embodiment, the antibody molecule of the present invention has affinity for the mutant proteins defined above.
The present invention also relates to a method for treating and/or preventing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript a o mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation. The finding of mutations in RNA molecules which lead to the production of mutant proteins, and which are indicative of a disease, has led to a number of ways of treating and/or preventing the disease.
The present invention further provides a method for identifying diseases caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations a s giving rise to a frameshift mutation. The method comprises: i. providing the sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease; ii.
identifying the sequence of the mutant protein encoded by the RNA sequence 3'-terminal to a frameshift mutation; iii. preparing a probe to the mutant protein or a fragment thereof;
and iv. probing a body fluid or tissue sample from a patient having the disease and a patient not having the s o disease, in order to find a correlation between the presence of the mutant protein and the diseased state.
Preferably, the probe is an antibody molecule as defined herein. It is further A~it~~~~~~i~ ~~riL~Ei~
. . ' ' ~ ~ ~ ~ r ' r . ,. r , , . r preferred that the antibody molecule has affinity for a protein comprising at least one of the sequences: RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1]; HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID NO: 2];
YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3J; RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4];
YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400]; GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5], s GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ )D NO: 6]; KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID NO: 7]; PGNRSMGHE [SEQ
ID NO: 8]; EAEGGSRS [SEQ ID NO: 9]; VGAARDSRAA [SEQ ID NO: 10];
HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID N0: 11]; SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12]; VEKPGERGGR [SEQ ID
NO: 13J; PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID N0: 14]; EDRGDAGWRGH [SEQ ID NO: 15);
QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16]; RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD [SEQ 117 NO: 17];
to AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18]; YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ )D NO: 20; QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ
ID NO: 21]; PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22]; RSWVHPAPPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO:
23J; and GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24J, especially when the disease is a neurodegenerative disease such as AD.
1 s Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following description of the preferred embodiments thereof, and from the claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
The invention is now illustrated in the appended example with reference to the z o following drawings:
Figure 1 is a copy of a paraffin section (6 ~m thick) of the frontal cortex of a ~!. ~~~r~ ~
female Alzheimer patient (70 years old, #83002; Table 2) immunocytochemically incubated with an antibody against a peptide predicted by the + 1 reading frame of (3APP
(Figure 20).
The hallmarks of A.D., dystrophic neurites (arrowheads) and tangles (arrows), are clearly as visible in the cortical layer III. RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1] = Amy+' (see Table 9).
1- ; ~, .1 ' Figure 2 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human [i amyloid precursor protein gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 25], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 83 and 84J, the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
50-82] and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 26-49].
3 o Figure 3 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human microtubule-associated protein tau gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 85], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein (SEQ 1D NO: 99], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 86-98J and _.__. _..,..~,.-.w__.. ..... ...-._~._..~._.- ~~~h~~~ y~r~~
f .- r . r r r [ r i ~ r r . ~ r . ~ , ~ , - , the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 100-112].
Figure 4 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human ubiquitin B gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 113], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID
NO: 125 and 126], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 114-124] and the mutant s + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 127-136J.
Figure 5 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human apolipoprotein E
gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 137], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ
ID NO: 144-146], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 138-143] and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 147-152]. Information concerning restriction enzyme 1 o sites is also given.
Figure 6 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human microtubule-associated protein 2 transcript [SEQ ID NO: 153], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 154-158], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
232-347]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 159-231).
is Figure 7 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human neurofilament subunit NF-low transcript [SEQ ID NO: 348], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 466-513], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
413-465]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ 117 NO: 349-412J.
Figure 8 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human neurofilament 2 o subunit NF-M transcript [SEQ ID NO: 514], the amino acid sequence of the wild-type protein [SEQ ID NO: 515-574], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 629-695]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 575-628].
Figure 9 presents the coding nucleotide sequence of the human neurofilament subunit NF-H gene transcript [SEQ ID NO: 696], the amino acid sequence of the wild~type 25 protein [SEQ ID NO: 697-698], the mutant + 1 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO:
708-710]
and the mutant + 2 frameshift protein [SEQ ID NO: 699-707].
Figure 10 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 711 ] and amino acid sequence of presenilin I expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO:
712], +1 [SEQ
ID NO: 733-753], and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 713-732] reading frames.
3 o Figure 11 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ 1D NO: 754]and amino acid sequence of presenilin II expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 776-787], +1 [SEQ 1D
NO: 755-775], and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 788-814] reading frames.
,~io ~.
4 ~~L::~ ~ ~;i'!
,. ,- r ~ ! o Figure 12 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 81 S] and amino acid sequence of Big Tau expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 816-818], +1 [SEQ
ID NO: 824-834] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 819-823] reading frames.
Figure 13 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ m NO: 835] and s amino acid sequence of GFAP expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 836-852], +1 [SEQ
ID NO: 883-914], and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 853-882] reading frames.
Figure 14 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 915] and amino acid sequence of P53 expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 940-949], +1 [SEQ ID
NO: 916-939] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 950-965] reading frames.
to Figure 15 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 966]
and amino acid sequence of BCL2 expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 967-1015], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1075-1126] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 1016-1074] reading frames.
Figure 16 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 1127]
and amino acid sequence of Semaphorin III expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID
NO: 1128 15 1131], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1162-1212] and +2 [SEQ 1D NO: 1132-1161] reading frames.
Figure 17 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ 1D NO: 1213]
and amino acid sequence of HUFF expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 1241-1244], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1214-1240] and +2 [SEQ 117.N0: 1245-1281]reading frames.
Figure 18 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 1282]
2 o and amino acid sequence of HMG expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 1297-1299], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1289-1296] and +2 [SEQ ID NO: 1283-1288] reading frames.
Figure 19 presents the coding mRNA nucleotide sequence [SEQ ID NO: 1300]
and amino acid sequence of NSP-A expressed in the wildtype [SEQ ID NO: 1374-1387], +1 [SEQ ID NO: 1339-1373), and +2 reading frames [SEQ ID N0: 1301-1338]. --2 s Figure 20 presents the partial mRNA nucleotide sequence and amino acid !
sequence of two human neuronal proteins ((3 amyloid precursor protein (exons 9 and 10) and i i ~ ', Ubiquitin B (exon 2)) expressed in the wildtype and +1 reading frame. 'Number of GAGAG '° '.'' ~
motifs: 7. PredictedVmolecular weight of truncated protein 38 kDa.[30]. ~~ ~
;., '' ZNumber of GAGAG motifs: 2. Predicted molecular weight of truncated protein 11 KDa s o (monomer),and. expressed in brain [31,32].T ~ exon 9/10 junction- ~' Figure 21: Two examples of novel restriction sites generated by dinucleotide A
, J , , deletion in transcripts of (3 amyloid precursor protein and ubiquitin B (wild-type nucleotide p - J
1,~;i.l ~~~~v r r - f ~.
r , ~ r r . - . r . , sequences, [SEQ 117 NO: 25 and 113];~i amyloid precursor protein deletion sequences [SEQ
ID NO: 1396 and 1397]; ubiquitin deletion sequences [SEQ )D NO: 1398-1399]. In general, a mutation in the nucleotide sequence can result in changes in the restriction enzyme ~.V
recognition sites of the sequence. The GA deletion in exon 9 of ~i-APP and the GT deletion s in the first repeat of of Ubi-B do not alter the restriction map of the sequence down- and upstream of the deletion. However, due to the GA deletion in exon 10 of (3-APP
an MslI site is created at the site of the deletion (Figs. 21A and 21B).
In the Ubi-B sequence the CT deletion in the second repeat leads to the loss of a Hin4-I and BstX-I site and the creation of a Cje-I site upstream and the creation of a BsR-I and a TspR-I
io site downstream the deletion site (Fig. 21-5-8).
The invention is illustrated by the following nonlimiting examples wherein the following materials and methods are employed. The entire disclosure of each of the literature i5 references cited hereinafter are incorporated by reference herein.
The present invention is based on the discovery that frameshift mutations occur in a single RNA molecule or number of RNA molecules whose product or products are mutant proteins that are associated with, and indicative of, a disease state.
The invention is based on the recognition that the presence of a frameshift mutation results in a new coding z o sequence for the cell containing the frameshift mutation, and thus a new polypeptide (herein termed a mutant protein) which may be correlated with and thus be indicative of a disease.
According to the present invention, diagnosis and/or identification of a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations which give rise to a frameshift mutation is accomplished as described herein:
z s According to the present invention, methods for preventing and/or treating the diseases, vectors for preventing and/or treating the diseases and for the production of diagnostic reagents, compositions for preventing and/or treating the diseases, nucleic acid sequences, probes and antibody molecules for use in the present invention and transgenic animals are accomplished as described herein.
s o According to the present invention, methods for detecting errors in transcriptional mechanisms are accomplished as described herein. The correction of the mutations found in the mutant RNA molecules of the present invention is therefore a valuable method for AfJ#E~L~~~ ~~~Ef y , .. _ , combatting diseases.
Methods and reagents for disease diagnosis and treatment are described in more detail hereinbelow.
s Diagnosis of Diseases According to the Invention The invention relates to methods for diagnosing diseases caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations which give rise to a frameshift mutation. Such diseases include but are not limited to cancers, Diabetes mellitus type II and neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson's Disease (PD), Alzheimer's Disease to (AD), frontal lobe dementia (Pick's Disease), progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) and other diseases with abundant tau-positive filamentous lesions such as Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia pugilistica, Dementia with tangles only, Dementia with tangles and calcification, Frontotemporal dementias with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Gertsmann-Strassler-Scheinker disease with tangles, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease type C, is Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Postencephalitic Parkinsonism, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's Disease, dementia with Lewy bodies, multisystem atrophy, other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin such as Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and during aging Marinesco bodies and Hyaline inclusions, multiple sclerosis, Downs' syndrome, and other a o degenerative diseases such as cardiovascular diseases rheumatoid arthritis, and Diabetes mellitus type II.
Somatic mutations can result in a different gene function and have been implicated in diseases associated with aging, such as certain cancers. However, it has generally been assumed that non-proliferating cells do not undergo important changes at the genomic level.
2 5 For example, it was assumed previously that genomic changes are mainly related to cell proliferation (Smith, Mutation Research, 2Z2, pp 139-142, 1992) which for non-proliferating cells such as most neurons ends during early postnatal life (Rakic, Science, 2.ZZ, pp 1054-1056, 1985). However, Evans et al., 1994, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 91:6059, suggested that somatic mutations do occur in genes of the neuronal system, i.e., in post-mitotic neurons. The 3 o di/di Brattleboro rat, which suffers from severe diabetes insipidus due to the absence of the antidiuretic hormone vasopressin (VP), was the subject of the Evans et al.
paper. It had previously been established that the VP hormone was absent in the Brattleboro rat due to a J~j~~i'e~.'tlJ ~r~'I~CT
~ ._ . _ ; ; - ~ . , _ _. ,_ ,. ~. ~ ,.. ~ ,. .. - -deletion of a single G residue in the second exon of the VP gene, resulting in a mutant VP
precursor with an altered C-terminal amino acid sequence. It had also been observed that a small number of neurons in the di/di rat exhibited a heterozygous +/di phenotype and expressed an apparently normal VP gene product. In studying the molecular biology of the s di/di rat, Evans et al. identified sequence alterations that restored the reading frame of the mutant VP precursor mRNA, which were based on a di-nucleotide deletion in a GAGAG
motif. They correlated the presence of small amounts of normal VP gene product in single magnocellular neurons with a reversion of the mutant gene stemming from a frameshift mutation. Evans et al. concluded that, because +1 frameshift mutations are present in VP
io transcripts of both wild-type rats and di/di rats, the events leading to these mutations are not caused by the diseased state of the di/di rat per se. Thus, Evans et al. did not correlate a mutational GAGAG hotspot with a disease state, or predeliction to a disease.
Furthermore, there is no suggestion in the prior art that transcript mutations are occurring and that such transcript mutations are caused by or associated with a disease. As the mutations have i5 previously been considered to occur in DNA, methods of detection have been unreliable as there will be no mutation in the genomic DNA and the probing of genomic DNA
will give a false indication of the absence of the mutation.
In the present invention, the observations of Evans et al., as to reversions in the wild-type reading frame at GAGAG hotspots in VP transcripts within single neurons of the 2 o di/di rat leading to wild-type-like VP gene products, is extended and developed. According to the present invention, a human disease which is caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations occurring at a mutational hotspot and which give rise to a frameshift mutation is identified and/or diagnosed. The nucleotide sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease 1S provided, e.g., from published gene sequences or from cloning and sequencing of a suspect RNA molecule. The amino acid sequence encoded by the RNA molecule is then predicted, as are amino acid sequences of encoded mutant proteins. Mutant protein sequences are predicted in +1 and +2 reading frames following a hypothesized frameshift mutation. The location of the frameshift mutation may be hypothesized with respect to certain nucleotide 3 o sequence motifs which are suspected of causing frameshift mutations, examples of such motifs present in the RNA molecule including but not limited to those comprising GAGA, for example, GAGAC, GAGAG, GAGAT, and GAGAA, or those comprising CTCT, for ~~iu~i~ u~~.~;
example CTCTC, CTCTG, CTCTA and CTCTT.
A probe is then prepared that is specific for the mutant protein or an immunogenic fragment thereof (such probes being described hereinabove for detection of proteins or protein fragments). Depending on where the mutation that leads to the frameshift occurs, part of the s mutant protein will have the same sequence as the wild-type protein and part of the protein will have the sequence of the mutant protein. Furthermore, depending on where the mutation occurs the mutant protein will terminate when the nucleotide sequence codes for a stop codon (indicated as * in the Figures). Thus, different mutant proteins will be produced depending on where the mutation occurs.
to Alzheimer's Disease (AD) is a representative disease diagnosable and treatable according to the invention. AD is a neurodegenerative disease characterised by idiopathic progressive dementia and is the fourth highest major cause of death in developed countries.
It affects 5 to 11 % of the population over the age of 65 and as much as 47%
of the population over the age of 85. At present there are an estimated 4 million patients suffering from AD in is the U.S.A. (see Coleman, Neurobiol. of Aging, 1~, Suppl. 2, pp 577-578, 1994), and an estimated 20 million Alzheimer's patients worldwide.
The clinical criteria for AD diagnosis have been defined (see Reisberg et al., Am.
J. Psych. 12, pp 1136-1139, 1982; McKhann et al., Neurology, ~4, pp 939-944, 1984). The early symptoms of AD vary but generally include depression, paranoia and anxiety. There 2 o is also a slow degeneration of intellectual function and memory. In particular, cognitive dysfunction and specific disturbances of speech (aphasia), motor activity (apraxia), and recognition of perception (agnosia) can occur.
There is not yet general consensus in a test for ante mortem diagnosis for AD
due to the lack of knowledge of the pathogenic mechanisms involved in AD.
Diagnosis of AD
2 s is made by examination of brain tissue. Such diagnosis is usually carned out on individuals post mortem. The diagnosis is based on the presence of a large number of intraneuronal neurofibrillary tangles and of neuritic plaques in the brain tissue, in particular in the neocortex and hippocampus. In order to identify the various types of plaques (e.g.
neuritic plaques), neuropil threads and neurofibrillary tangles, staining and microscopic examination of several 3 o brain tissue sections is necessary. Neuritic plaques are believed to be composed of degenerating axons (e.g., neuropil threads), nerve terminals and possibly astrocytic and microglial elements. It is also often found that neuritic plaques have an amyloid protein core.
~~.~Lci~ ~'~~~~
y ..
The neurofibrillary tangles comprise normal and paired helical filaments and are believed to consist of several proteins.
There are two major types of AD, late onset (>65 years) and early onset (<65 years). Approximately 85% of all AD cases are late onset and only 15% are early onset. Of s the latter group 0.3% consists of the hereditary type of AD linked to chromosome 21, 2% of the cases are considered to be linked to chromosome 14, and chromosome 1 has been established for juvenile onset (<0.1%), as discussed below. Sporadic cases are the most prominent group (40%) in early onset AD.
In the most common late onset group, 40% of cases are considered to be familial, i o meaning that Alzheimer was observed in first degree relatives. Of this familial form only 10%
is autosomal dominant. The remaining late onset cases (60%) are non-familial or "sporadic"
cases (see Table 1). For these cases relatively little is known and previously no data was available which suggested a possible cause of AD.
At present, it is unclear whether the formation of neuritic plaques and/or i5 neurofibrillary tangles is directly responsible for causing AD. The formation of neuritic plaques, neuropil threads and/or neurofibrillary tangles may be a consequence of a more fundamental cellular or biochemical change.
Diagnostic methods of the invention will include the detection of nucleic acid sequences, preferably via procedures which involve formation of a nucleic acid duplex 2 o between two nucleic acid strands, i.e., a nucleic acid probe and a complementary sequence in the mutant RNA or the DNA reverse transcribed from the mutant RNA isolated from a biological sample, or detection of a protein, preferably a mutant or hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, as defined herein.
2s 1. Preparation and Detection of RNA for Genetic Screening.
Typically, RNA is prepared from the biological sample by DNA extraction procedures well-known in the art (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1990, A
Laboratory Manual for Cloning, Cold Spring Harbor Press, CSH, N~, and may be further purified if desired, e.g., by electro-elution, prior to analysis.
3 o Methods of detecting a mutant RNA molecule from a biological sample include, but are not limited to the following: (1) reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) followed by sizing gel electrophoresis or hybridization with an allele-specific (or A~i~I~~ED ~~i~~T
sequence-specific) probe; (2) hybridization of the eluted RNA with a nucleic acid probe that is complementary to the mutated RNA; (3) the ARMS test, in which one primer has a complementary sequence encompassing the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation, and amplification only occurs if the mutated sequence is present;
(4) nucleotide sequencing; (5) RNA amplification via RT-PCR and T7 polymerase; and (6) by a dinucleotide deletion in the RNA after RT-PCR a cDNA can be generated with novel restriction sites (Figure 21 ).
A nucleic acid probe useful according to the invention is preferably sufficiently complementary to the mutant sequence of the RNA molecule so that under stringent 1 o conditions the probe only remains bound to the mutant sequence (see Evans et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, 91:6059-6063 (1994). The probe is preferably labelled using any of the standard techniques known to those skilled in the art, such as radioactively using 32P or any other standard isotopes, or using non-radioactive methods including biotin or DIG labelling.
The labelled probe can then be easily detected by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
An alternative method for detecting the presence of the mutant RNA molecule is via the reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). Primers having a sequence complementary to the sequence either side of the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation are used to reverse transcribe the RNA and amplify the reverse transcribed DNA
2 o containing the mutation. The mutation in the amplified fragment can then be detected using the probe described above using standard techniques or by sequencing the amplified fragment.
The advantages of using the RT-PCR reaction is that less starting material is required and the PCR methods allow quantitative as well as qualitative determinations to be made.
Quantitative determinations allow the number of copies of a mutated RNA
molecule present 2 s in a particular sample to be estimated, and given this information the severity of the diseased state can be estimated.
Another alternative method for detecting the presence of the mutant RNA
molecule is one in which one primer has a complementary sequence encompassing the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation. Amplification will therefore only occur 3 o if the mutated sequence is present. Newton et al., Nucl. Acids. Res.
17:2503, 1989. The method has previously been used in detecting mutations in the gene responsible for cystic fibrosis, and one skilled in the art could easily perform this test for the detection of the mutant r r ~ r r . , r r . r ~ r r t~ r RNA or the reverse transcribed DNA corresponding to the mutant RNA of the present invention.
An example of analysis method (1) follows. The RNA is reverse transcribed and the DNA then amplified, e.g., using PCR, prior to analysis. Specific conditions for any one s PCR, i.e. a PCR targeting a particular sequence, or for any one multiplex PCR, i.e. a PCR
targeting a particular set of sequences, may vary but will be known to a person of ordinary skill in the art.
Amplification of a mutated or wild-type reverse transcribed DNA sequence can be accomplished directly from an aliquot of the prepared DNA as follows.
i o 25 ul of DNA is aliquotted into a reaction tube containing 25 ~1 H20, 50 ~1 master mix (see below), 0.5 pl Amplitaq (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, CT) and 0.5 ~.1 UNG (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, CT). A 50 pl master mix comprises 20 mM Tris HCI, pH
8.3, 100 mM KCI, S mM MgClz, 0.02 pmoles each of dATP, dGTP, dCTP, 0.04 moles of dUTP, pmoles of each primer (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, CT), and 25 ~g gelatin.
is A fragment characteristic of the selected amplification sequence can then be visualized under ultraviolet light after ethidium bromide staining a 13%
polyacrylamide gel in which an aliquot of the amplification has been electrophoresed.
Alternatively, hybridization with allele-specific probes can identify the presence of amplified product from either the normal and/or mutant alleles.
2. Preparation and Detection of Protein for Genetic Screening.
Where the biological molecule to be analyzed is a protein, it may be desirable to release the nucleic acid from biological sample cells prior to protein elution, or to remove 2 s nucleic acid from the sample eluate prior to protein analysis. Thus, the sample or eluate may first be treated to release or remove the nucleic acid by mechanical disruption (such as freeze/thaw, abrasion, sonication), physical/chemical disruption, such as treatment with detergents (e.g., Triton, Tween, or sodium dodecylsulfate), osmotic shock, heat, enzymatic lysis (lysozyme, proteinase K, pepsin, etc.), or nuclease treatment, all according to 3 o conventional methods well known in the art.
Where a biological sample includes a mutant protein, the presence or absence of which is indicative of a genetic disease, the protein may be detected using conventional A~~E~t?~D ~HE~T
detection assays, e.g., using protein-specific probes such as an antibody probe. Similarly, where a genetic disease correlates with the presence or absence of an amino acid or sequence of amino acids, these amino acids may be detected using conventional means, e.g., an antibody which is specific for the native or mutant sequence (see Table 9 for examples of s amino acid sequences present in mutant proteins).
Any of the antibody reagents useful in the method of the present invention may comprise whole antibodies, antibody fragments, polyfunctional antibody aggregates, or in general any substance comprising one or more specific binding sites from an antibody. The antibody frabalnents may be fragments such as Fv, Fab and F(ab')Z fragments or any io derivatives thereof, such as a single chain Fv fragments. The antibodies or antibody fragments may be non-recombinant, recombinant or humanized. The antibody may be of any immunoglobulin isotype, e.g., IgG, IgM, and so forth. In addition, aggregates, polymers, derivatives and conjugates of immunoglobulins or their fragments can be used where appropriate.
i5 The immunoglobulin source for an antibody reagent can be obtained in any manner such as by preparation of a conventional polyclonal antiserum or by preparation of a monoclonal or a chimeric antibody. Antiserum can be obtained by well-established techniques involving immunization of an animal, such as a mouse, rabbit, guinea pig or goat, with an appropriate immunogen.
Preparation of Antibodies 1. Polyclonal antibodies.
The peptide or polypeptide may be conjugated to a conventional carrier (e.g.
thyroglobulin) in order to increases its immunogenicity, and antisera to the peptide-Garner conjugate is raised in rabbits. Coupling of a peptide to a Garner protein and immunizations are performed as described (Dymecki, S.M., et al., J. Biol. Chem 267:4815-4823, 1992).
Rabbit antibodies against this peptide are raised and the sera titered against peptide antigen by ELISA or alternatively by dot or spot blotting (Boersma and Van Leeuwen, 1994, Jour.
Neurosci. Methods 51:317. At the same time, the antisera may be used in tissue sections.
3 o The sera is shown to react strongly with the appropriate peptides by ELISA, following the procedures of Green et al., Cell, 28, 477-487 (1982). The sera exhibiting the highest titer is used in subsequent experiments.
AMENDED SH~~T
2. Monoclonal antibodies.
Techniques for preparing monoclonal antibodies are, well known, and monoclonal antibodies of this invention may be prepared using a synthetic peptide, preferably bound to a carrier, as described by Arnheiter et al., Nature, 294, 278-280 (1981).
s Monoclonal antibodies are typically obtained from hybridoma tissue cultures or from ascites fluid obtained from animals into which the hybridoma tissue was introduced.
Nevertheless, monoclonal antibodies may be described as being "raised to" or "induced by"
the synthetic peptides or their conjugates.
Particularly preferred immunological tests rely on the use of either monoclonal io orpolyclonal antibodies and include enzyme linked immunoassays (ELISA), immunoblotting, immunoprecipitation and radioimmunoassays. See Voller, A., Diagnostic Horizons 2:1-7, 1978, Microbiological Associates Quarterly Publication, Walkersville, MD;
Voller, A. et al., J. Clin. Pathol. 31:507-520 (1978); U.S. Reissue Pat. No. 31,006; UK Patent 2,019,408;
Butler, J.E., Meth. Enzymol. 73:482-523 (1981); Maggio, E. (ed.), Enzyme Immunoassay, 15 CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1980) or radioimmunoassays (RIA) (Weintraub, B., Princi of radis~~mmun~aas~, Seventh Training Course on Radioligand Assay Techniques, The Endocrine Society, March 1986, pp. 1-5, 46-49 and 68-78). For analyzing tissues for the presence of the mutant protein of the present invention, immunohistochemistry techniques are preferably used. It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that the antibody molecule will 2 o have to labelled to facilitate easy detection of mutant protein.
Techniques for labelling antibody molecules are well known to those skilled in the art (see Harlour and Lane, Antibodies, Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory, pp 1-726, 1989).
Alternatively, sandwich hybridization techniques may be used, e.g., an antibody specific for a given protein. In addition, an antibody specific for a haptenic group conjugated 25 to the binding protein can be used. Another sandwich detection system useful for detection is the avidin or streptavidin system, where a protein specific for the detectable protein has been modified by addition of biotin. In yet another embodiment, the antibody may be replaced with a non-immunoglobulin protein which has the property of binding to an immunoglobulin molecule, for example Staphylococcal protein A or Streptococcal protein G, 3 o which are well-known in the art. The protein may either itself be detectable labeled or may be detected indirectly by a detectable labeled secondary binding protein, for example, a second antibody specific for the first antibody. Thus, if a rabbit-anti-hybrid wild-k~t~:~~~~r~u ~NE~T
type/nonsense protein antibody serves as the first binding protein, a labeled goat-anti-rabbit immunoglobulin antibody would be a second binding protein.
In another embodiment, the signal generated by the presence of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein is amplified by reaction with a specific antibody for that fusion protein s (e.g., an anti-~3-galactosidase antibody) which is detectably labeled. One of ordinary skill in the art can devise without undue experimentation a number of such possible first and second binding protein systems using conventional methods well-known in the art.
Alternatively, other techniques can be used to detect the mutant proteins, including chromatographic methods such as SDS PAGE, isoelectric focusing, Western to blotting, HPLC and capillary electrophoresis.
Identification of Diseases According to the Invention The invention provides methods for identifying diseases caused by or associated with at least one RNA molecule having one or more transcript mutations which give rise to is a frameshift mutation.
Diseases are identified according to the invention as follows. The nucleotide sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease is provided, e.g., from published gene sequences or from cloning and sequencing of a suspect gene. The amino acid sequence encoded by the RNA is then predicted, as are amino acid 2 o sequences of encoded mutant proteins. Mutant protein sequences are predicted in +1 and +2 reading frames following a hypothesized frameshift mutation. The location of the frameshift mutation may be hypothesized with respect to certain nucleotide sequence motifs in the RNA
molecule, examples of such motifs including, but not limited to, GAGA, for example, GAGAC, GAGAG, GAGAT, and GAGAA, or CTCT, for example CTCTG, CTCTC, 2 s CTCTA and CTCTT.
A probe is then prepared that is specific for the mutant protein or an immunogenic fragment thereof (such probes being described hereinabove for detection of proteins or protein fragments). Depending on where the mutation that leads to the frameshift occurs, part of the mutant protein will have the same sequence as the wild-type protein and part of the protein 3 o will have the sequence of the mutant protein. Furthermore, depending on where the mutation occurs the mutant protein will terminate when the nucleotide sequence codes for a stop codon (indicated as * in the Figures). Thus, different mutant proteins will be produced depending A~~~'~~.~D S~E~3 r; _ on where the mutation occurs.
The simplest method of probing for the presence of a particular mutant protein is to make an antibody to that protein or an immunogenic portion thereof. An immunogenic fragment may be synthesized corresponding to the C-terminus of the predicted mutant s proteins because even if the mutation occurred at another position in the sequence, the probability that the derived mutant protein contains the peptide sequence is increased. For example, in the ~3-App encoding RNAs, two different transcript modifications have occurred (i.e., at two different GAGA motifs) which result in two frameshifted proteins having identical C-terminal sequences. Furthermore, the C-terminal region of a protein is more likely io to form an epitope than other regions of the protein.
Once a probe is made, a biological sample from a patient having the disease and a biological sample from a patient not having the disease is probed for the presence or absence of the mutant protein, also as described above. Alternatively, several probes may be prepared and the combination of probes used to probe the tissue sample. The presence of the mutant is protein in a biological sample from a patient having the disease and the absence of said mutant protein in a biological sample from a patient not having the disease indicates that the mutant protein is a marker for the disease or susceptibility to the disease.
Treatment of Diseases According to the Invention 2 o The invention also relates to methods for preventing and/or treating diseases, vectors for preventing and/or treating the diseases, and compositions such as nucleic acid sequences and proteins for preventing and/or treating the diseases, which methods and compositions are useful in gene and protein therapies.
The invention includes methods of treatment and/or prevention of a disease caused 2 s by or associated with an RNA having a mutation in GAGA or CTCT giving rise to a frameshi$ mutation in which a ribozyme, a wild-type RNA, or both, an RNA or DNA that is complementary to the mutant RNA and capable of forming a hybrid with the mutant RNA, or a vector comprising a sequence encoding any of these sequences, or the wild-type form of a mutant protein, is administered to a patient suffering from or susceptible to the disease.
Preferred diseases which are treated according to the invention include but are not limited to cancer or a neurodegenerative disease, especially AD, the preferred mutant RNAs !~~~,~;~~;t1 u~iE~' of the present invention are those encoding the (3 amyloid precursor protein, the Tau protein, ubiquitin B, apolipoprotein-E4 (Apo-E~), micro-tubule associated protein II
(MAP 2), the neurofilament proteins (L, M, H), presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF, HMG and NSP-A, having a deletion, insertion or other modification s in the RNA leading to a frameshift mutation.
Ribozymes useful in treatment according to the present invention are preferably hammerhead ribozymes.
A pharmaceutical composition according to the invention will include a therapeutically effective amount of a ribozyme, the wild-type analog of the mutant RNA, or io both, or a DNA or RNA that is complementary to the mutant RNA and capable of forming a hybrid untranslatable sequence in vivo, in admixture with a carrier. A
therapeutically effective amount is considered that amount which, when administered to a patient, provides a therapeutic benefit to the patient. Such amounts will generally be in the range of 10 ug-100 mg of therapeutic proteinlkg body weight of the patient, preferably 50 ug-10 mg, and most i5 preferably 100 ug-1 mg.
Where vectors are useful according to the invention, the vector may be of linear or circular configuration and may be adapted for episomal or integrated existence in the host cell, as set out in the extensive body of literature known to those skilled in the art. The vectors may be delivered to cells using viral or non-viral delivery systems.
The choice of 2 o delivery system will depend on whether the substance is to be delivered to a selected central nervous system or neuronal cell type or generally to these cells.
Vectors of the present invention additionally may comprise further control sequences such as enhancers or locus control regions (LCS), in order to lead to more controlled expression of the encoded gene or genes. LCS are described in EP-A-0332667.
z s The inclusion of a locus control region (LC), is particularly preferred as it ensures the DNA
is inserted in an open state at the site of integration, thereby allowing expression of the gene or genes contained in the vector. The vectors of the present invention have a wide range of applications in ex vivo and in vivo gene therapy.
3 o Animal Models for Disease Diagnosis and Treatment According to the Invention The invention also includes stable cell lines and transgenic animals for use as p~A~~!n=n ~~~Fp disease models for testing or treatment.
A stable cell line or transgenic animal according to the invention will contain a recombinant gene or genes, also known herein as a transgene, encoding one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation which causes or is associated with a disease.
s The recombinant gene will encode an RNA encoding a mutated protein found to be indicative of a disease. Preferably, the mutant protein will contain an antigenic epitope specific for the diseased state. The recombinant gene may encode a protein comprising at least part of the sequence designated +1 or +2 in any one of Figures 2 to 9, or an immunologically equivalent fragment thereof.
i o A cell line containing a transgene encoding a mutant protein, as described herein, is made by introducing the transgene into a selected cell line according to any one of several procedures known in the art for introducing a foreign gene into a cell.
A transgenic animal containing such a transgene includes a rodent, such as a rat or mouse, or other mammals, such as a goat, a cow, etc. and may be made according to 1 s procedures well-known in the art.
Transgenic animals are useful according to the invention as disease models for the purposes of research into diseases caused by or associated with at least one gene encoding an RNA containing one or more mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation, and therapies therefore. By specifically expressing one or more mutant genes, as defined above, the effect a o of such mutations on the development of the disease can be studied.
Furthermore, therapies including gene therapy and various drugs can be tested on the transgenic animals.
Recombinant genes introduced into an animal to make a transgenic animal useful in the invention will include those genes specifically disclosed herein, containing a dinucleotide deletion or insertion relative to the wildtype sequence of the gene, the 2 5 dinucleotide deletion or insertion being associated with the nucleotide sequence GAGA or CTCT; for example GAGAX or CTCTX, where X is one of G, A, T or C; such as GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT and GAGAA or CTCTG, CTCTC, CTCTT and CTCTA. Such transgenes will preferably contain a dinucleotide deletion which is an AG deletion or a GT deletion just adjacent to GAGAG (Figure 20), for example, one or two dinucleotide deletions associated 3 o with a GAGA, GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT, GAGAA leading to a + 1 or + 2 frameshift mutation respectively. In a similar manner, CTCTX can undergo the same deletion process (ACT).
~ric,.ucu ~nt,'tT
Recombinant transgenes containing such a mutation which are particularly useful in animal models of disease include those associated with neurodegenerative diseases, especially Alzheimer's disease, and include but are not limited to mutant gene sequences disclosed herein encoding mutant (3 amyloid precursor protein, the Tau protein, ubiquitin B, s apolipoprotein-E4 (Apo-E4), microtubule associated protein II (MAP 2), the neurofilament proteins (L, M, H), presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF, HMG and NSP-A (see also Tables 2-8).
It also is contemplated that transgenic animals of the invention may contain transgenes that are controlled via a regulatable and/or a regulated promoter such that the 1 o corresponding wildtype protein is expressed during selected stages of development and maturity of the animal and in a selected tissue, and the mutant gene is turned-on when desired.
This is particularly desirable where the animal model is of Alzheimer's disease, wherein the mutant protein begins to be expressed later in life of the animal. Thus, if the mutant gene is under the control of a brain-specific inducible promoter, e.g., a neurofilament, aldolase or is modified Thy-1 promoter, then onset of the disease may be controlled via expression of the mutant gene. Transgenic animals according to the invention may be generated to over-express a) human ~3 amyloid precursor protein +1, b) human ubiquitin +1 proteins, c) human neurofilament proteins.
z o Described below is an embodiment of the invention involving identification of transcript frameshift mutations in RNA molecules encoding proteins which are present in neuronal tissue, and how such mutations are useful in diagnosis of certain disease states.
The cDNA sequences coding for the human (3 amyloid precursor protein, Tau, ubiquitin, apolipoprotein E4, MAP 2, the neurofilament subunits low, medium and high, 2s presenilin I, presenilin II, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF-I, HMG and NSP-A were obtained from various gene sequence databases.
Using the sequence data, the various GAGA or CTCT motifs in the sequences were identified, and deletions were hypothesized and the sequences of the derived mutant proteins predicted, as shown in Figures 2-19. Both the sequences of the +1 and +2 frameshift 3 o mutant proteins were predicted.
By examining the sequences of the hypothesized mutant proteins, a peptide corresponding to the C-terminus of the hypothesized mutant proteins was synthesized. The AA~~~a~n ar~r~-peptides were synthesized using standard techniques known to those skilled in the art. The peptides having the following sequences were synthesized: RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID
NO:
1]; HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID N0: 2); YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3];
RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4]; YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400];
s GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5], GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ ID NO: 6]; KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID
NO: 7]; PGNRSMGHE [SEQ ID NO: 8]; EAEGGSRS [SEQ 1D NO: 9]; VGAARDSRAA
[SEQ ID NO: 10]; HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID NO: 11]; SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12];
VEKPGERGGR [SEQ 117 NO: 13J; PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID NO: 14]; EDRGDAGWRGH
[SEQ ID NO: 15); QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16]; RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD
i o [SEQ ID NO: 17); AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18]; YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ ID NO: 20; QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ
ID NO: 21]; PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22]; RSWVHI'APPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO:
23]; and GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24].
Depending on where the mutation that leads to the frameshift occurs, part of the 15 mutant protein will have the same sequence as the wild-type protein and part of the protein will have the sequence of the mutant protein. Furthermore, depending on where the mutation occurs the mutant protein will terminate when the nucleotide sequence codes for a stop codon (indicated as * in the Figures). Thus different mutant proteins will be produced depending on where the mutation occurs.
2 o It is predicted that mutations will occur at GAGA or CTCT motifs in the cDNA
and the sequences of the mutant proteins predicted accordingly.
Peptides were synthesized corresponding to the C-terminus of the predicted mutant proteins because even if the mutation occurred at another position in the sequence the probability that the derived mutant protein contains the peptide sequence is increased.
2 s Furthermore, the C-terminus region of a protein is more likely to form an epitope than other regions of the protein.
The uniqueness of the synthesized peptides was confirmed by a gene sequence database search.
Each synthesized peptide was then injected into a rabbit and an antibody having 3 o affinity for the peptide purified. The techniques used to obtain the antibodies are standard techniques known to those skilled in the art.
The antibodies obtained were then tested on autopsy material of frontal cortex, pi~t~Ut:u ~ri r r r , .
r , r r r r .. ~. , .. r . -temporal lobe and hippocampus of neuropathologically confirmed AD cases and control non-AD cases. The presence of the antibodies is determined using standard detection methods known to those skilled in the art.
Figure 1 shows the presence of the ~3 amyloid precursor mutant protein ((3APP+') s in the frontal cortex of an Alzheimer patient identified using an antibody against a peptide predicted by the +1 reading frame of ~3 amyloid precursor protein. The antibody used had affinity for a peptide having the following sequence RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO:
1].
The results of other immunoreactive tests performed using the antibodies against the predicted peptides are shown in Tables 2-5.
io It can be seen that the presence of the mutant protein can be detected and correlates with the subject having AD. The presence of one or more of the mutant proteins can therefore be seen to be indicative of AD.
Table 6 summarizes the immunoreactivity results within the frontal cortex (area 11), temporal cortex (area 38) and the hippocampus.
15 Other diseases also may be correlated with the presence of mutant proteins, as defined herein. For example, seven patients with Downs' syndrome were tested according to the invention. Downs' syndrome is trisomy of chromosome 21 which leads to over-expression of (3-amyloid precursor protein. We noted that the frontal and temporal cerebral cortex and hippocampus of these patients contained plaques and neurofibrillary tangles, and a o hypothesized that such over-expression may promote accumulation of transcript mutations in neurons, by frameshift mutations at a GAGAG motif in the over-expressed (3-amyloid gene.
After immunocytochemical staining of tissue from frontal and temporal cerebral cortex from the Downs' patients with the above-described antibody specific for the amyloid +1 carboxy terminal peptide, immunoreactivity was observed in the neurofibrillary tangles in six of seven as patients. Staining was absent in the frontal cortex of the matched controls. Therefore, the mutant amyloid protein is correlated not only with Alzheimer's disease, but also with other diseases, such as Downs', involving Alzheimer's neuropathology.
It has been found that a number of the mutations occur at GAGA or CTCT motifs.
Table 7 shows the presence of the complementary GAGA motifs in various cDNAs of the 3 o neuronal system. The motif or, as can be seen from the sequences of Tau and apolipoprotein E4, similar motifs such as GAGAG GAGAC, GAGAA, and GAGAT (in the cDNA) may be associated with the frameshift mutations that lead to or are associated with the disease. The ~r~t~w ;~r: ~ ~ h presence of the motif or similar motifs in other RNA molecules may indicate that they are relevant to a disease. It is also possible that other mutations occur that are not associated with such motifs but still lead to frameshift mutations that cause or are associated with a disease.
Table 8 shows the presence of GAGAC motifs in particular RNA molecules of s the neuronal system, namely ~iAPP, Tau and Ubiquitin. This table also indicates, inter alia, the chromosomal location of the genes from which the mutant RNA molecules are transcribed and the molecular weight of the longest polypeptide forms encoded by the RNA
molecules and the predicted size of the aberrant +1 peptide with its C-terminus against which the antibodies were raised. These peptides were revealed in a Western blot and also identified io with a different antibody recognizing an epitope on the unaffected wild-type N-terminus.
Synthetic polypeptides corresponding in sequence to a portion of a mutant protein (whether such peptides are chemically synthesized or are chemically or recombinantly 15 generated fragments of a protein), as described herein, will be usefi.~l according to the invention as antigenic peptides for generation of antibodies specific for a mutant protein, provided they possess the following characteristics. The synthetic peptide will include a minimum of 8 and preferably 12-15 amino acid residues, and an optimum length of 20-21 amino acids. The hydrophilicity and antigenic index of the amino acid sequence of the hybrid 2 o wild-type/nonsense protein may be determined by Analytical Biotechnology Sciences, Boston, MA, using computer programming. Potential synthetic peptides useful according to the invention include a stretch of 12-20 amino acids preferably within the carboxy terminal 100-150 amino acids of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein.
The amino acid sequence of a selected peptide is searched in a computer database as of sequences (e.g., GenBank) to preclude the possibility that at reasonable concentrations, antisera to any one peptide would specifically interact with any protein of a lrnown sequence.
Preferred sequences are those which are determined not to have a close homolog (i.e., "close"
meaning 80-100% identity).
3 o Detection of "Mutant" Prr,te~
Another embodiment of this invention relates to an assay for the presence of the "mutant" or mutant protein in a given tissue as indicative of a disease state.
Here, an above-pi~~~v~7't' U ~~~
described antibody is prepared. The antibody or idiotype-containing polyamide portion thereof is then admixed with candidate tissue and an indicating group. The presence of the naturally occurnng amino acid sequence is ascertained by the formation of an immune reaction, as signalled by the indicating group. Candidate tissues include any tissue or cell line 5 or bodily fluid to be tested for the presence of the mutant protein, as described hereinabove.
Expression of a given hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein may be investigated using antiserum prepared in rabbits against a peptide corresponding to a carboxy terminal stretch of amino acids in the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein as follows.
CMK cells or U3T3 cells are metabolically labeled with 35S-methionine and io extracts are immunoprecipitated with antiserum. If the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein is present in the cells, then a protein species of corresponding molecular weight will be detected in CMK and U3T3 cells. The protein may be localized to the membrane, nucleus or cytoplasm by Western blot analysis of the nuclear, membrane and cytoplasmic fractions, as generally described in Towbin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 76, 4350-4354 (1979). This i5 localization may be confirmed by immunofluorescence analysis to be associated mainly with the plasma membrane.
Metabolic labeling immunoprecipitation, and immunolocalization assays are performed as described previously (Furth, M.E., et al., Oncogene 1:47-58, 1987; Laemmli, U.K., Nature 227:680-685, 1970; Yarden, Y., et al., EMBO J. 6:3341-3351, 1987;
Konopka, ao J.B., et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:3116-3123, 1985). For immunoblot analysis, total lysates are prepared (using Fruth's lysis buffer) (Fruth, M.E., et al., Oncogene, 1:47-58, 1987). Relative protein concentrations are determined with a colorimetric assay kit (Bio-Rad) with bovine serum albumin as the standard. A protein of lysate containing approximately 0.05 mg of protein was mixed with an equal volume of 2 x SDS sample buffer containing 2 a 5 mercaptoethanol, boiled for S min., fractioned on 10% polyacrylamide-SDS
gels (Konopka, J.B., et al., J. Virol., 51:223-232, 1984) and transferred to immunobilon polyvinyldine difluoride (Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA) filters. Protein blots were treated with specific antipeptide antibodies (see below). Primary binding of the specific antibodies may be detected using anti-IgG second antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase and 3 o subsequent chemiluminescence development ECL Western blotting system (Amersham International).
For metabolic labeling, 106 cells are labeled with 100 pCi of 35S-methionine in 1 A~ttivJt:u ~i~t~T
ml of Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium minus methionine (Amersham Corp.) for 16 h.
Immunoprecipitation of protein from labeled cells with antipeptide antiserum is performed as described (Dymecki, S.M., et al., J. Biol. Chem 267:4815-4823, 1992).
Portions of lysates containing 10' cpm of acid-insoluble ~Smethionine were incubated with 1 ue of the s antiserum in 0.5 ml of reaction mixture. Immunoprecipitation samples were analyzed by SDS-polylarcylamide gel electrophoresis and autoradiography.
For immunolocalization studies, 10' CMK cells are resuspended in 1 ml of sonication buffer (60 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.5, 6 mM EDTA, 1 S mM EGTA, 0.75 M
sucrose, 0.03% leupeptin 12 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 30 mM 2-mercaptoethanol).
Cells io are sonicated 6 times for 10 seconds each and centrifuged at 25,000 xg for 10 min at 4°C.
The pellet is dissolved in 1 ml of sonication buffer and centrifuged at 25,000 x g for 10 min at 4°C.
The pellet (nucleus fraction) is resuspended in 1 ml of sonication buffer and added to an equal volume of 2 x SDS sample buffer. The supernatant obtained above (after the first i5 sonication) is again centrifuged at 100,000 x g for 40 min at 4°C.
The supernatant (cytosolic fraction) is removed and added to an equal volume of 2 x concentrated SDS
sample buffer.
The remaining pellet (membrane fraction) is washed and dissolved in sonication buffer and SDS sample buffer as described above. Protein samples are analyzed by electrophoresis on 10% polyacrylamide gels, according to the Laemmli method (Konopka, J.B., et al., Mol. Cell.
a o Biol. 5:3116-3123, 1985). The proteins are transferred from the gels on a 0.45-pm polyvinylidine difluoride membrane for subsequent immunoblot analysis. Primary binding of antibodies is detected using anti-IgG second antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase.
For immunohistochemical localization of a given protein, if desired, CMK cells z s or U3T3 are grown on cover slips to approximately 50% confluence and are washed with PBS
(pH 7.4) after removing the medium. The cells are prefixed for 1 min at 37°C in 1%
paraformaldehyde containing 0.075% Triton X-100, rinsed with PBS and then fixed for 10 min with 4% paraformaldehyde. After the fixation step, cells are rinsed in PBS, quenched in PBS with 0.1 and finally rinsed again in PBS. For antibody staining, the cells are first 3o blocked with a blocking solution (3% bovine serum albumin in PBS) and incubated for 1 h at 37°C. The cells are then incubated for 1 h at 37°C with antiserum (1:100 dilution or with preimmune rabbit serum (1:100) (see below). After the incubation with the primary antibody, AFvfE~JDtD SH~fT
the cells are washed in PBS containing 3% bovine and serum albumin and 0.1%
Tween 20 and incubated for 1 hour at 37°C in a fluorescein-conjugated donkey anti-rabbit IgG (Jackson Immunoresearch, Maine), diluted 1:100 in blocking solution.
The coverslips are washed in PBS (pH 8.0), and glycerol is added to each s coverslip before mounting on glass slides and sealing with clear nail polish. All glass slides were examined with a Zeiss Axiophot microscope.
The above methods for detection of a given mutant protein or nucleic acid are io applicable to analyses involving tissues, cell lines and bodily fluids (e.g. cerebrospinal liquor or blood, including but not limited to venous, arterial and cord blood) suspected of containing the marker protein.
For example, a sample of CNS tissue suspected of being in a diseased state may be analyzed, it having been previously observed according to the invention that tissue of that is particular diseased state contains detectable levels of hybrid wild-type/nonsense proteins relative to healthy tissue.
An aliquot of the suspect sample and a healthy control sample are provided and admixed with an effective amount of an antibody specific for the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, as herein described, and an indicating group. The admixture is typically incubated, z o as is known, for a time sufficient to permit an immune reaction to occur.
The incubated admixture is then assayed for the presence of an immune reaction as indicated by the indicating group. The relative levels of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein in the suspect sample and the control sample are then compared, allowing for diagnosis of a diseased or healthy state in the suspect sample.
2 s The above types of analyzing for the presence of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein may, of course, be performed using analysis for the coding RNA, e.g., via Northern blot or RNA dot blot analysis, both of which are conventional and known in the art.
3 o Disease treatment according to the invention contemplates eliminating mutant transcripts. Evidence supporting the presence of transcript mutant RNA
molecules is that in homozygous Brattleboro hypothalamus cells, vasopressin cDNAs having the frameshift p~AE'~D~D ~EEf mutation were observed in 1 in 100 colonies, where as genomic vasopressin DNA
having the frameshift mutation was not identified.
In the human hypothalamus no age related increase in the number of vasopressin +1 immunoreactive cells is observed (contrary to that in rat). However, in the fetal period s (29-42 weeks of gestation) an enormous increase in the number of +1 immunoreactive cells containing the +1 vasopressin protein is detected. After birth, the number of these cells falls back to just a few. In Downs' syndrome, where (3app gene expression is very high (5-fold higher than normal), the highest levels of ~iapp and +1 mutant proteins were also observed, higher than in AD where (iapp gene expression is not found to be increased over normal io levels. It also has been found that ~iAPP+1 and UbiB+1 mutant proteins coexist (and are present in tangles and dystrophic neurites) in the same cell. Accordingly, is unlikely that the transient increase is due to a genomic event.
Once an RNA molecule containing a frameshift mutation (i.e., a frameshifted transcript), or a mutant protein is correlated with a disease state, the disease is treatable i5 according to the invention as follows: by administering to a patient in need thereof enzymes which serve to selectively eliminate frameshifted RNA via cleavage, e.g., ribozymes; by administering the wild-type version of the mutant RNA, preferably in substantially uncleavable form, by administering the wild-type version of the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein; or by administering oligonucleotides or sequences encoding oligonucleotides a o complementary to a mutant RNA to a cell in order to form a nucleic acid duplex which renders the mutant RNA untranslatable.
A patient in need thereof will include a patient exhibiting symptoms of the disease, even those patients suspected of developing the disease, i.e., who are monitored according to the invention by measuring the a tissue sample, e.g., the cerebrospinal fluid, for 25 the presence of frameshifted peptides (e.g. peptides having an amino acid sequence in the +1 or +2 reading frame).
According to the invention, a ribozyme may be delivered to affected or susceptible cells leading to the cleavage of the mutant RNA and resultant inability of the cell to translate the mutant RNA into mutant protein. The wild-type protein, if not akeady produced by the 3 o cell, may be provided in protein form or via administering the wild-type RNA to the cell along with the ribozyme. The wild-type RNA may be engineered so as to contain a sequence that is distinguishable from the mutant RNA sequence other than simply at the level of the r'~'D~-(? ~H~~1' GAGA or CTCT mutation. For example, the mutant RNA may contain third base silent mutations, i.e., which do not change the coding sequence of the RNA, but which render the wild-type RNA less or substantially unsusceptible to cleavage by the ribozyme.
Without being bound by any one theory, it is suggested that decreasing the s percentage of mutant RNA and increasing the percentage of the correct protein produced in relation to the hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein will reduce or prevent further progression of the disease, and possibly reverse the diseased state. In addition, it is possible that not every mutant transcript results in a mutant protein that is directly toxic to the neuronal tissue.
For example, the mutant protein may be routed to the proteasomal and/or lysosomal system io or just secreted (e.g. by the constitutive or regulated pathway)and degraded elsewhere.
However, sometimes the mutant protein will be accumulated in the membranes of organelles, for instance in the endoplasmic reticulum, thus disrupting the normal processes of the cellular machinery.
The wild-type version of the mutated RNA encodes the correct protein. When 15 the disease is a neurodegenerative disease, preferred wild-type sequences include the RNAs encoded by the ~i amyloid precursor protein gene, the Tau gene, the ubiquitin B gene, the apolipoprotein-E4 gene, the microtubule associated protein II (MAP2) gene, the neurofilament protein genes (L, M and H), the presenilin I and II genes, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, Semaphorin III, HUFF-1, HMG and NSP-A. The sequences of these genes are provided a o herein in the figures. Other preferred wild-type RNAs are encoded by the alpha and beta tubulin genes, the sequences of which are found in Cowan et al., Mol. Cell.
Biol., 3, 1738-1745(1983) and Lewis et al., J. Mol. Biol. 182, 11-20(1985), respectively.
When the disease is a non-hereditary cancer, preferred wild-type RNAs are encoded by gene sequences which include but are not limited to the human p53 gene and the 2s BCL-2 gene. Mammalian phosphoprotein p53 has been shown to play an essential role in regulation of cell division and is required for the transition from phase GO
to G1 of the cell cycle. P53 is normally present in very low levels in normal cells and is believed to be a tumor suppressor gene; when present at high levels, p53 has been shown to play a role in transformation and malignancy. P53 gene alleles from normal and malignant tissues have 3 o been shown to contain BgIII site polymorphism (Buchman et al., 1988, Gene 70:245). The p53 coding region contains several GAGA motifs, e.g., GAGAC at position 1476 of the sequence published in Buchman et al., GAGA at position 1498; GAGA at position 1643; and AIVt~~;a~~ ~NEET
GAGA at position 1713, which motifs present candidate sites for frameshift RNAs according to the invention. A frameshift mutation within a p53 RNA thus may lead to loss of the natural p53 tumor suppressor function. Detection of such a mutation in p53 may be diagnostic of pre-malignancy or malignancy, and treatment as described herein which results in correction s of p53 function may restore tumor suppressor function.
In Diabetes mellitus type II, which occurs with increased frequency in aged persons, the islands of Langerhans degenerate possibly as a result of frameshift mutations in various transcripts (e.g., the ubiquitin transcript).
The invention also encompasses methods of combatting diseases caused by at to least one an RNA having one or more GA, GT or CT deletions giving rise to a frameshift mutation by targeting the RNA transcript. Thus, it is also contemplated according to the invention that a frameshift mutation within an RNA may be corrected at the level of the frameshifted RNA via cleavage using a ribozyme having specificity for the mutant RNA
sequence (see Denman et al., Arch. Of Biochem. Biophysics. 323,71-78,1995), and is eliminating the mutant mRNA. The disease associated with the frameshi$ed RNA is thus treated by administering an appropriate ribozyme, or sequences encoding the ribozyme, to the patient.
Ribozymes of selected specificities may be made as described by Sullenger &
Cech, Nature 371: 619-622, 1994), herein incorporated by reference. Ribozymes and a o sequences encoding ribozymes may be prepared as described by Tuschl et al., Curr. Opin.
Struc. Biol. 5:296, 1995 and Wahl et al., Curr. Opin. Struc. Biol. 5:282, 1995.
The invention also encompasses methods of treating diseases caused by or associated with at least one an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift by delivery of complementary oligonucleotides or sequences encoding a s complementary oligonucleotides to a target cell containing a frameshifted RNA. The oligonucleotides will have a mutant sequence with respect to the region of the mutant RNA
containing the GA, GT or CT deletion, and thus may serve to form a hybrid in vivo with the mutant RNA, rendering it untranslatable. Oligonucleotides with strong target site binding affinity, i.e., with full target site homology are preferred. Also preferred are oligonucleotides 3 o between 10 - 30 nucleotides in length and containing a CTCT, CTCTG, CTCTC, CTCTT or CTCTA motif or a GAGA, GAGAG, GAGAC, GAGAT or GAGAA motif.
Disease treatment according to the invention is described below and includes i'dt)CU ~t'~EtT , preparation of the administered substance and administration of the substance to a patient suffering from a disease according to the invention. As used herein "substance" refers to any one of the following: a ribozyme, a nucleic acid sequence encoding a ribozyme, a wild-type transcript, an antisense mutant RNA or DNA or a nucleic acid sequence encoding an antisense s sequence, a wild type protein encoded by the wild type gene, an antibody specific for the frameshifted (nonsense) protein.
Disease treatment according to the invention may be accomplished as follows.
In Example 5, treatment using ribozymes according to the invention is described.
In Example 6, administration of vectors is described. In Example 7, 1 o administration of proteins, ribozymes, or nucleic acid vectors using liposomes is described.
In Example 8, delivery of these substances across the blood-brain barrier is described. Lastly, in Example 9, methods ofdelivering cells comprising a protein, ribozyme or other nucleic acid, such as a vector bearing a gene expression construct, are described.
is Treatment According to the Invention king Ribo~
Preparation and delivery of a ribozyme or nucleic acid sequence encoding a ribozyme which effect or facilitate selective removal of the frameshifted RNA
is carried out as follows.
selective Elimination of m ~ ant ran~cy~,~Accordinz to the Invention.
a o The invention thus also encompasses methods of treating diseases caused by the translation of frameshifted mRNA's which are the result of transcriptional infidelity occurring at or adjacent to GAGA or CTCT motifs in the (3-APP and ubiquitin B genes. It is believed that accumulation of aberrant proteins encoded by these messages contributes to the progression of Alzheimer's disease; therefore, elimination of the mutant transcripts is of 2 s therapeutic value. It is contemplated according to the invention that the mutant transcripts described herein are rendered untranslatable in a cell via ribozyme-mediated cleavage using ribozymes designed and administered as described herein. In addition, it may be advantageous in certain circumstances to replace the ribozyme-cleaved messages with an exogenous transcript encoding the wild-type protein, which transcript is cleavage-resistant and 3 0 ~ the synthesis of which is therefore not subj ect to transcriptional errors or post-transcriptional modification such as those that produced the mutant transcripts described herein.
Treatment strategies are described below for selective elimination of the ubiquitin ~~I~:~~~rC1 ~~~~
B and (3-APP mutant transcripts in cells. The invention, however, also contemplates selective removal of other mutant transcripts, whether disclosed herein or later-discovered, according to the methods described hereinbelow.
Ribozymes of the hammerhead class are the smallest known, and lend themselves s both to in vitro synthesis and delivery to cells (summarized by Sullivan, J.
Invest. Dermatol.
103: 855-985, 1994; Usman et al., Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6: 527-533, 1996).
It is required of hammerhead cleavage targets that they comprise the sequence motif UH, wherein H
denotes the ribonucleotides A, U, or C, but not G; the sequence is cleaved following the H.
The core functional unit of the hammerhead ribozyme is a tripartite structure made up of helix to I, which hybridizes to mRNA sequences 3' of the cleavage site, helix II, a 22 ribonucleotide catalytic domain which mediates the cleavage reaction, and helixIII, which hybridizes to sequences 5' of and including the "U" of the UH cleavage motif (Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 334: 585-591, 1988; Ruffner et al., Biochemistry 33: 10695-10702, 1990). Studies have shown that the lengths of helices I and III are proportional to the efficiency with which is ribozymes both bind the area surrounding the cleavage site and release themselves from it following cleavage; the former is critical for target recognition, while the latter is important for maintaining kinetics that indicate true catalytic activity, namely, raising the ratio of target molecules inactivated to ribozymes above the 1:1 stoichiometric ratio observed with antisense-RNA-mediated inactivation. Ideally, helix I is 3 to 5 ribonucleotides in length, 2 o relative to 9 to 13 ribonucleotides for helix III (Tabler et al., Nzzcleic Acids Res. 22: 3958-3965, 1994; Hendry and McCall, Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 2679-2684, 1996). Other factors, such as stem loop formation in the unbound ribozyme and target mRNA also play a role in reaction kinetics and ribozyme stability, and in order to predict and/or compensate for such interactions, molecular modeling studies and in vitro trials of numerous ribozyme designs are 2 s often undertaken (Sioud et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 22: 5571-5575, 1994;
Gavin and Gupta, J.
Biol. Chem. 272: 1461-1472, 1997).
Mutant ubiquitin B transcripts can be removed from cells via the application of hammerhead ribozymes delivered to these cells in liposome vectors. The invention comprises use of these ribozymes to recognize and cleave mutant transcripts at a site 5' to the GAGA or 3 o GGT-containing site that is the source of polymerase slippage during transcription, thereby ridding the cells of the frame-shifted portion of the translated products of these defective messages.
i ~~~1='~
~sfi~.~~ri>1~~
The sequence immediately preceding the GAGA motif in the ubiquitin transcript is GCGUCU, which includes the cleavage recognition motif UC. Given the length considerations posed above, the sequence ideally bound by helix I for a particular mutant is GAG; however, in that such a ribozyme would be expected to bind the mutant and wild-type s transcripts with equal efficiency, helix I must be lengthened to include four more nucleotides, such that all seven bases will hybridize to the mutant transcript, while sufficient mismatch to destabilize binding to the wild-type sequence will result. This strategy is more efficient in cases in which the mutant transcript has arisen via deletion rather than insertion, since in the latter, the effect of the absolute length of helix I on target release becomes a concern;
io however, delivery of a pool of differentially-designed ribozymes complementary to various mutant sequences that can result from imprecise transcription of the GAGA
motif or GGT
sequence in the case of ubiquitin and of sufficient mismatch with the wild-type sequence to inhibit efficient binding of a ribozyme to it should eliminate translation of the frame shifted products of a large proportion of defective messages.
15 Such a strategy is practical in situations in which the cleavage site is 1 to (at most) bases to the 5' side of the cleavage site; however, longer distances require accordingly longer helix I binding domains which, combined with the need to create 3' mismatches for differentiation between mutant and wild-type transcripts, make such an approach inadequate for dealing with certain mutations. This is true of GAGA- defective transcripts of ~3-APP.
a o While one GAGA motif is separated from the cleavage site by a single base, the remaining four motifs are between 7 and 20 bases from the nearest 5' cleavage site. In such a case, cleavage of both of the wild-type transcript via hammerhead ribozymes may be unavoidable, and its replacement with a cleavage-resistant transcript must be undertaken in concert with removal of mutant transcripts (see Table 10 for possible sequence substitutions resulting in 2 s a cleavage-resistant transcript); here, the ribozyme is designed to cleave both types of message at any UH site S' of the first GAGA motif.
It may be advantageous to replace the (3-APP transcript in all cells in which it is needed; therefore, co-delivery of an expression vector bearing a spliced (3-APP minigene driven by ~3-APP promoter sequences may be employed. Numerous studies of this promoter 3 o have been undertaken (among them, Lahiri and Robakis, Brain Res. Mol.
Brain Res. 9: 253-7, 1991; Bourbonniere and Nalbantoglu, Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 19: 246-250, 1993; Lukiw et al., Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 22: 121-131, 1994; Lahiri and Nall, Brain Res. Mol. Brain :.:;~:'-.".i',i>3i'i.a '-'':~"k Res. 32: 233-40, 1995; Bourbonniere and Nalbantoglu, Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 35: 304-308, 1996; Quitschke et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271: 22231-9, 1996), and it has been demonstrated that 96 base pairs 5' to the transcriptional start site are sufficient for cell-type-specific promoter activity in tissue culture (Quitschke and Goldgaber, J. Biol. Chem.
267: '17362-17368, 1992). The 96 base pairs can be fused to a minigene engineered such that alterations are made in the ribozyme recognition site to prevent cleavage of the replacement ~3-APP
transcript and in the GAGA motifs to inhibit slippage of the transcriptional machinery such as produces the mutant transcripts in the first place; these replacements should be performed such that translationally "silent" mutations are introduced in each case.
Examples of such i o changes are shown in Table 10.
Sequences encoding ribozymes or a wild-type version of a mutant RNA, or an antisense (complementary) mutant oligonucleotide sequence may be cloned into an appropriate vector for expression in a desired mammalian cell. The vector will include a promoter that is expressed in the target cell type, and also may include an enhancer and locus control region, as selected for expression in a given cell type. Examples of vectors useful according to the invention include but are not limited to any vector which results in successful transfer of the coding sequences to the target mammalian cell. A nucleic acid may be s o transfected for use in the invention using a viral (e.g. adenoviral or retroviral) or non-viral DNA or RNA vector, where non-viral vectors include, but are not limited to, plasmids, linear nucleic acid molecules, artificial chromomosomes and episomal vectors.
Expression of heterologous genes has been observed after injection of plasmid DNA into muscle (Wolff J.
A. et al., 1990, Science, 247: 1465-1468; Carson D.A. et al., US Patent No.
5,580,859), thyroid (Sykes et al., 1994, Human Clene Ther, 5: 837-844), melanoma (Vile et al., 1993, C'.ancer Rep., 53: 962-967), skin (Hengge et al., 1995, Namr . r n . ., 10:
161-166), liver (Hickman et al., 1994, Human Cent, h ranv, 5: 1477-1483) and after exposure of airway epithelium (Meyer et al., 1995, gene TheranT, 2: 450-460).
For example, the retroviral gene transfer vector SAX (Kantoff et al., Proc.
Nat.
3 o Aca. Sci. 83:6563, 1986) may be used to insert a selected coding sequence into a target cell.
SAX is a moloney virus based vector with the neon gene promoted from the retroviral LTR
and the human ADA gene promoted from an internal SV40 promoter. Thus, the SAX
vector may be engineered by one of skill in the art to contain the coding sequence for a ribozyme, or a wild-type RNA, or a selected antisense sequence, identified as described herein, e.g., by substituting the desired coding region for the hADA coding region in the SAX
vector.
Expression vectors are known in the art which encode, or may be engineered to 5 encode, a selected ribozyme. Yuyama et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 22:5060, 1994, describe a multifunctional expression vector encoding several ribozymes. This vector may be adapted to encoded a ribozyme of a selected specificity by substituting one or both ribozyme sequences in the vector for a selected ribozyme sequence. Zhou et al., Gene 149:33, 1994, and Yamada et al., Virology 205;121, 1994, describe retroviral transduction of ribozyme i o sequences into T cells. These retroviral vectors may be adapted to encode a selected ribozyme sequence. Liu et al., Gene Therapy 1:32, 1994, and Lee et al., Gene Therapy 2:377, 1995, describe expression vectors which are adaptable for use in expression of any nucleic acid sequence contemplated according to the invention.
Generally, nucleic acid molecules are administered in a manner compatible with 15 the dosage formulation, and in such amount as will be prophylactically and/or therapeutically effective. When the end product (e.g. an antisense RNA molecule or ribozyme) is administered directly, the dosage to be administered is directly proportional to the the amount needed per cell and the number of cells to be transfected, with a correction factor for the efficiency of uptake of the molecules. In cases in which a gene must be expressed from the 2 o nucleic acid molecules, the strength of the associated transcriptional regulatory seuqences also must be considered in calculating the number of nucleic acid molecules per target cell that will result in adequate levels of the encoded product. Suitable dosage ranges are on the order of, where a gene expression construct is administered, 0.5- to leg, or 1-l0,ug, or optionally 10- 100 pg of nucleic acid in a single dose. It is conceivable that dosages of up to lmg may 25 be advantageously used. Note that the number of molar equivalents per cell vary with the size of the construct, and that absolute amounts of DNA used should be adjusted accordingly to ensure adequate gene copy number when large constructs are injected.
Nucleic acid molecules to be administered according to the invention may, for example, be formulated in a physiologically acceptable diluent such as water, phosphate 3 o buffered saline, or saline, and further may include an adjuvant; however, it is contemplated that other formulations may advantageously be employed. Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are materials well APv~EIVL~D ~~~~~ ~
known in the art. Administration of a nucleic acid molecule as described herein may be either localized or systemic. Methods for both localized and systemic administration of a pharmacological composition are well known in the art.
Nucleic acid constructs of use in the invention can be given in a single- or s multiple dose. A multiple dose schedule is one in which a primary course of administration can include 1-10 separate doses, followed by other doses given at subsequent time intervals required to maintain and or reinforce the cellular level of the transfected nucleic acid. Such intervals are dependent on the continued need of the recipient for the therapeutic nucleic acid, the ability of a given nucleic acid to self replicate in a mammalian cell if it does not become i o integrated into the recipient's genome and the half life of a non-renewable nucleic acid (e.g.
a molecule that will not self replicate). Preferably, when the medical needs of the recipient mammal dictate that a nucleic acid or a product thereof will be required throughout its lifetime, or at least over an extended period of time, such as a year or more, a nucleic acid may be encoded by sequences of a vector that will self replicate in the target cells. The Zs efficacy of transfection and subsequent maintenance of the nucleic acid molecules may be assayed either by monitoring the activity of a marker gene, which may additionally be comprised by the transfected construct, or by the direct measurement of either the protein product encoded by the gene of interest or the reduction in the levels of a protein the production of which it is designed to inhibit. The assays can be performed using conventional 2 o molecular and biochemical techniques, such as are known to one skilled in the art.
The success of treatment using nucleic acid molecules in the invention may be determined by the assessment of known clinical indicators (e.g., for a neurodegenerative disease, loss of cognitive or motor function). The progression or (if treatment is undertaken prophylactically on an patient believed to be at risk of disease) development of such 2s symptoms in a treated individual is compared to those observed in untreated control subjects;
if an improvement in the treated patient's condition is observed relative to that of control subjects, treatment is judged to be effective. The making of such an assessment is well within the knowledge of one of skill in the art.
3 o T_.inosomal Delivenr According to the Invemrion Substances may be administered according to the invention using any delivery means known in the art. Described below is liposomal delivery. Liposomes which are used A~~~;i)~f~ 4~r~.
r . , . ~ ,. r ,. r , r r a r . r . r r r r r. r , r , ~. ~ ,-rr r r , rr ' ~ r r r to administer the substances described herein, e.g., a ribozyme can be of various types and can have various compositions. The primary restrictions are that the liposomes should not be toxic to the living cells and that they should deliver their contents into the interior of the cells being treated.
s The use of pH sensitive liposomes to mediate the cytoplasmic delivery of calcein and FITC dextran has been described (see Straubinger et al., Cell 32:1069-1079, 1983; and Straubinger et al., FEBS Letters 179:148-154, 1985. Other discussions of pH
sensitive liposomes can be found in chapter 11 of the book CELL FUSION, edited by A.E.
Sowers, entitled "Fusion of Phospholipid Vesicles Induced by Divalent Cations and Protons" by Nejat to Duzgunes et al., Plenum Press, N.Y., 1987, 241-267. See also Ellens et al., Biochemistry, 23:1532-1538, 1984, and Bentz et al., Biochemistry 26:2105-2116, 1987.
The liposomes may be of various sizes and may have either one or several membrane layers separating the internal and external compartments. The most important elements in liposome structure are that a sufficient amount of enzyme or nucleic acid be i5 sequestered so that only one or a few liposomes are required to enter each cell for delivery of the substance, and that the liposome be resistant to disruption. Liposome structures include small unilamellar vesicles (SUVs, less than 250 angstroms in diameter), large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs, greater than 500 angstroms in diameter), and multilamellar vesicles (MLs).
In the example presented below, although SUVs are used to administer a ribozyme, the a o methods are applicable to administration of any substance described herein.
SUVs can be isolated from other liposomes and unincorporated enzyme by molecular weight can be isolated from other liposomes and unincorporated enzyme by molecular sieve chromatography, which is precise but time consuming and dilutes the liposomes, or differential centrifugation, which is rapid but produces a wider range of 2 s liposome sizes.
The liposomes may be made from natural and synthetic phospholipids, glycolipids, and other lipids and lipid congeners; cholesterol, cholesterol derivatives and other cholesterol congeners; charged species which impart a net charge to the membrane; reactive species which can react after liposome formation to link additional molecules to the liposome 3 o membrane; and other lipid soluble compounds which have chemical or biological activity.
The liposomes useful according to the invention may be prepared, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,296,231, which describes preparation of liposomes :~~~~~J~~~~ ~~~
. ,. ,. . r r r -r r r r r . ~ , c . . , r .. - , r . r - . ,-.
r r ._ containing a ribozyme, although it should be borne in mind that liposomes useful according to the invention may contain any one of the substances as herein described.
Briefly, by combining a phospholipid component with an aqueous component containing the ribozyme (or desired substance) under conditions which will result in vesicle formation. The s phospholipid concentration must be sufficient to form lamellar structures, and the aqueous component must be compatible with biological stability of the enzyme. Methods for combining the phospholipids onto glass and then vesicles will form include:
drying the phospholipids onto glass and then dispersing them in the aqueous component;
injecting phospholipids dissolved in a vaporizing or non-vaporizing organic solvent into the aqueous 1 o component which has previously been heated; and dissolving phospholipids in the aqueous phase with detergents and then removing the detergent by dialysis. The concentration of the ribozyme in the aqueous component can be increased by lyophilizing the enzyme onto dried phospholipids and then rehydrating the mixture with a reduced volume of aqueous buffer.
SIIV's can be produced from the foregoing mixtures either by sonication or by dispersing the i5 mixture through either small bore tubing or through the small orifice of a French Press.
Ribozymes incorporated into liposomes can be administered to living cells internally or topically. Internal administration to animals or humans requires that the liposomes be pyrogen-free and sterile. To eliminate pyrogens, pyrogen-free raw materials, including all chemicals, enzymes, and water, are used to form the liposomes.
Sterilization can ao be performed by filtration of the liposomes through 0.2 micron filters. For injection, the liposomes are suspended in a sterile, pyrogen-free buffer at a physiologically effective concentration. Topical administration also requires that the liposome preparation be pyrogen-free, and sterility is desirable. In this case, a physiologically effective concentration of liposomes can be suspended in a buffered polymeric glycol gel for even application to the a s skin. In general, the gel should not include non-ionic detergents which can disrupt liposome membranes. Other vehicles can also be used to topically administer the liposomes.
The concentration of the substance in the final preparation can vary over a wide range, a typical concentration being on the order of 50 ug/ml. In the case of pH sensitive liposomes, lower concentrations of the substance can be used, e.g., on the order of 0.01 to 1.0 3 o ug/ml for liposomes administered to cells internally. In case of topical application, higher liposome concentrations used, e.g., ten or more times higher.
AR~~l~~ttG' ~~~~
~_ r ~ r r r , - r , , ~ , r r r r r r r . r . , _ r-.- ,- -Where it is desired according to the invention to administer a substance as described herein or its coding sequence, or liposomes containing such substances, to an s individual such that the administered material crosses the blood-brain barrier, several methods are known in the art.
For example, a substance to be administered, whether it be protein or nucleic acid or liposome, may be co-administered with a polypeptide, for example a lipophilic polypeptide that increases permeability at the blood-brain barrier. Examples of such polypeptides include io but are not limited to bradykinin and receptor mediated permeabilizers, such as A-7 or its conformational analogues, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,112,596 and 5,268,164. The permeabilizing polypeptide allows the co-administered ribozyme, coding sequence or liposome to penetrate the blood-brain barrier and arnve in the cerebrospinal fluid compartment of the brain, where the ribozyme, or coding sequence may then reach and enter i5 a target neuronal cell. Alternatively, the substance to be administered may be coupled to a steroidal estrogel or androgel to increase binding to steroid receptors and thus access to the brain Another exemplary method for administering a substance such as a ribozyme, antibody, nucleic acids, or liposomes containing such molecules, according to the invention a o includes forming a complex between the substance to be administered and an antibody that is reactive with a transferrin receptor, as described in U.S. Patent No.
5,182,107. The complex may include a cleavable or non-cleavable linker and is administered under conditions whereby binding of the antibody to a transferrin receptor on a brain capillary endothelial cell occurs and the substance is transferred across the blood-brain barner in active form.
2s FXAMP . .9 It is possible to administer a therapeutic nucleic acid for use not only in in vivo therapy (i.e., that in which a nucleic acid is administered directly to a patient for uptake by-and subsequent expression in cells in situ) but also in ex vivo therapy (i.e., that in which a 3 o nucleic acid is administered to cultured or explanted cells in vitro, which transfected cells are subsequently transplanted into the clinical patient in order to supply a therapeutic product).
Methods of ex vivo gene therapy are described in detail herein. By these methods, a plasmid fiiv#~i'~~ttJ ~.iiEEl~
r r . . . r , ,. ,. , r .. r ~ r ; - . r: r ~ n ,. _ .. ~ ;. ~ ;r r c r . - r r r . r r r r , which continues to be maintained in a transformed or transfected cell after such a cell has been administered (e.g. via transplantation) to a multicellular host, such as a mammal, delivers a gene product to that individual. It is contemplated that a gene of interest, particularly a therapeutic gene, will be expressed by the transplanted cell, thereby providing 5 the recipient organism, particularly a human, with a needed RNA (e.g., an antisense RNA or ribozyme) or protein.
A cell type may be used according to the invention which is amenable to methods of nucleic acid transfection such as are known in the art. Such cells may include cells of an organism of the same species as the recipient organism, or even cells harvested from the io recipient organism itself for ex vivo nucleic acid transfection prior to re-introduction. Such autologous cell transplants are known in the art. One common example is that of bone marrow transplantation, in which bone marrow is drawn either from a donor or from a clinical patient (for example, one who is about to receive a cytotoxic treatment, such as high doses of ionizing radiation), and then transplanted into the patient via injection, whereupon the cells i5 re-colonize bones and other organs of the hematopoietic system.
a. Cell dosage The number of transfected cells which are administered to a recipient organism is determined by dividing the absolute amount of therapeutic or other gene product required by the organism by the average amount of such an agent which is produced by a transfected 2 o cell. Note that steady-state plasmid copy number varies depending on the strength of its origin of replication as well as factors determined by the host cell environment, the availability of nucleotides and replicative enzyme complexes, as does the level of expression of the gene of interest encompassed by the plasmid, which level likewise is determined by the strength of its associated promoter and the availability of nucleotides and transcription factors z s in a given host cell background. As a result, the level of expression per cell of a given gene of interest must be determined empirically prior to administration of cells to a recipient.
While efficient methods of cell transfection and transplantation are known in the art, they do not ensure that the transfected cell is immortal. In addition, the requirements of the recipient organism for the product encoded by the transgene may change over time. In 3 0 light of these considerations, it is contemplated that cells may be administered in a single dose or in multiple doses, as needed. A multiple dose schedule is one in which a primary course of administration can include 1-10 separate doses, followed by other doses given at Pli~'n'.~'vi.)CU u~"iL.~
r r f r f , f r ~ r' t r . f r r r r r , r , r .
r r , . r subsequent time intervals required to maintain and or reinforce the cellular level of the transfected nucleic acid. Such intervals are dependent on the continued need of the recipient for the therapeutic gene product. Preferably, when the medical needs of the recipient mammal dictate that a gene product will be required throughout its lifetime, or at least over an extended period of time, such as a year or more, the transfected cells will be replenished on a regular schedule, such as monthly or semi-monthly, unless such cells are able to colonize the recipient patient in permanent fashion, such as is true in the case of a successful bone-marrow cell transplant.
b. Nucleic acid dosage 1 o Provided a nucleic acid vector capable of replication in the transfected cell is used, the absolute amount of nucleic acid which is transfected into cells prior to transplantation is not critical, since in cells receiving at least one copy of such a vector, the vector will replicate until an equilibrium copy-number is achieved. As a first approximation, an amount of vector equivalent to between 1 and 10 copies thereof per cell to be transfected may be used; one of skill in the art may adjust the ratio of plasmid molecules to cells as is necessary to optimize vector uptake. Of particular used in the invention are vectors or transfection techniques which result in the stable integration of the gene of interest into the chromosome of the transfected cell, so as to avoid the need to maintain selection for cells bearing the vector following transplantation into a recipient multicellular organism, such as a human.
z o c. Administration of autologous or syngeneic cells A cell type which is commonly transplanted between individuals of a single species (or, even, from an individual to a cell culture system and back to the same individual) is that of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs), which are found in bone marrow;
such cells have the advantage that they are amenable to nucleic acid transfection while in culture, and are, therefore, well suited for use in the invention. Cultures of HSCs are transfected with a minimal plasmid comprising an operator sequence and a gene of interest and the transfected cells administered to a recipient mammal in need of the product of this gene.
Transfection of hematopoietic stem cells is described in Mannion-Henderson et al., 1995, , 23: 1628; Schiffmann et al., 1995, Blood, 86: 1218; Williams, 1990, Bone Marrow 3o Transplant, 5: 141; Boggs, 1990, Int. J Cell .loping, 8: 80; Martensson et al., 1987, Eur..
I~ImmunQL, 17: 1499; Okabe et al., 1992, FLr. 1. Immunol., 22: 37-43; and Banerji et al., 1983, ~~11, 33: 729. Such methods may advantageously be used according to the present ~~,~fyE irr~ ~.'1'1~~~
r . , r .- ~ ~ ,. , r . r r r r - r r r n . r r r ~- r r r , .- ~ r invention. Administration of transfected cells proceeds according to methods established for that of non-transfected cells, as described below.
The transplantation of hematopoietic cells, such as in a bone marrow transplant, is commonly performed in the art by procedures such as those described by Thomas et al.
(1975, New .ngland J. Med , 292: 832-843) and modifications thereof. Such a procedure is briefly summarized: In the case of a syngeneic graft or of a patient suffering from an immunological deficiency, no immunosuppressive pre-treatment regiment is required;
however, in cases in which a cells of a non-self donor are to be administered to a patient with a responsive immune system, an immunosuppressive drug must be administered, e.g.
io cyclophosphamide (50 mg/kg body weight on each of four days, with the last does followed 36 hours later by the transplant). Leukemic patients routinely receive a 1000-rad midline dose of total-body irradiation in order to ablate cancerous blood cells; this irradiation also has an immune-suppressive effect. Following pre-treatment, bone marrow cells (which population comprises a small number of pluripotent hematopoietic stem cells, or HSCs), are administered i5 via injection, after which point they colonize the hematopoietic system of the recipient host.
Success of the graft is measured by monitoring the re-appearance of the numerous adult blood cell types by the immunological and molecular methods which are well known in the art.
While as few as 1-10 HSCs are, in theory, able to colonize and repopulate a lethally-irradiated recipient mammal over time, it is advantageous to optimize the rate at which repopulation z o occurs in a human bone marrow transplant patient; therefore, a transplanted bone marrow sample comprising 10 to 100, or even 100 to 1000 HSCs should be administered in order to be therapeutically effective.
It is contemplated that both lymphoid and parenchyma) cells are of use in the invention. Such parenchyma) cells include those of the islets of Langerhans, the thyroid, the a 5 adrenal cortex, muscles, cartilagenous- or other synovial tissue, the kidneys, epithelial tissues (both external and internal, particularly that of the intestinal lumen, lung, heart, liver, kidney, neurons and synovial cells) and, in particular, the nervous system.
To render the transplanted cells resistant, at least collectively, to immune rejection by the recipient organism, it is contemplated that transplanted cells expressing a high level of 3 o activated NFxB (a high NFKB "set point"), while still subject to destruction by autoimmune host lymphocytes, would enjoy the advantage of robust proliferative capacity in order to multiply at a rate surpassing that of cell killing, thereby providing a long-lived population of rzx~t".';~,!i'~~.t'~ n4~F
~~ ;
therapeutic cells to the recipient organism. Such cells may be transfected with gene expression constructs which result in the production of high levels of activated NFxB, or may be cells obtained from a donor selected for high endogenous NFxB activity, as may be determined in an in vitro transcription assay or DNA/protein binding assay by methods well s known in the art, using protein extracts drawn from such a donor, which may, itself, be a transgenic mammal.
d. Administration of xenogeneic and allogeneic cells While transfection and subsequent tranplantation of cells which are obtained from an individual or cell culture system of like species with the recipient organism may be io performed, it is equally true that the invention may be practised using cells of another organism (such as a well-characterized eukaryotic microorganism, e.g. yeast, in which appropriate processing of proteins encoded by therapeutic genes is likely and in which useful origins of replication are known). In such a case, certain concerns must be addressed.
First, when a protein is encoded by the gene of interest, the transplanted cells must 15 produce the protein in a form that may is of use to the recipient organism.
Post-translational processing (including, but not limited to, cleavage and patterns of glycosylation) must be consistent with proper function in the recipient. In addition, either a protein or an RNA
molecule of interest must be made available to the recipient after synthesis, such as by secretion, excretion or exocytosis from the transplanted cell. To address the former, the a o protein produced by the transfected cells may be qualitatively compared to the native protein produced by an individual of the same species as the recipient organism by biochemical methods well known in the art of protein chemistry. The latter, release of the protein of interest by the cells to be transplanted, may be assayed by isolating protein from culture medium which has been decanted from the transfected cells or from which such cells have zs been separated (i.e. by centrifugation or filtration), and performing Western analysis using an antibody directed at the protein of interest. Antibodies against many proteins are commercially available; techniques for the production of antibody molecules are well known in the art.
Second, the cells must be shielded from immune rejection by the recipient 3 0 organism. It is contemplated that such cells may be transfected with constructs expressing cell-surface markers (e.g. MHC antigens) characteristic of the recipient patient so as to provide them with biochemical camoflage.
Af~~lvUril 4~EE1' In addition, methods for the encapsulation of living cultures of cells for growth either in an artificial growth environment, such as in a fermentor, or in a recipient organism have been developed, and are also of use in the administration of cells transfected according to the invention. Such an encapsulation system renders the cell invisible to immune detection s and, in addition, allows for the free exchange of materials (e.g. the gene product of interest, oxygen, nutrients and waste materials) between the transplanted cells and the environment of the host organism.
Methods and devices for cell encapsulation are disclosed in numerous U.S.
Patents; among these are Nos. 4,353,888; 4,409,311; 4,673,566; 4,744,933;
4,798,786;
io 4,803,168; 4,892,538; 5,011,472; 5,158,881; 5,182,111; 5,283,187;
5,474,547; 5,498,401 (which is particularly directed to the encapsulation of bacterial and yeast cells in chitosan);
5,550,050; 5,573,934; 5,578,314; 5,620,883; 5,626,561; 5,653,687; 5,686,115;
5,693,513; and 5,698,413, the contents of which are fully incorporated by reference herein.
Typically required for the successful culture of encapsulated cells is a selectively-permeable outer 15 covering or 'skin' which is biocompatible (i.e., tolerated by both the encapsulated cells and the recipient host), and, optionally, a matrix in- or upon which cells are distributed such that the matrix provides structural support and a substrate to which anchorage-dependent cells may attach themselves. As relates to encapsulation devices applicable to use in the invention, the term "selectively-permeable" refers to materials comprising openings through which small a o molecules (including molecules of up to about 50,000 M.W. - 100,000 M.W.) may pass, but from which larger molecules, such as antibodies (approximately 150,000 M.W.), are excluded. Suitable covering materials include, but are not limited to, porous and/or polymeric materials such as polyaspartate, polyglutamate, polyacrylates (e.g., acrylic copolymers or RL~, Monsanto Corporation), polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinylidienes, polyvinyl chloride, 2 5 polyurethanes, polyurethane isocyanates, polystyrenes, polyamides, cellulose-based polymers (e.g. cellulose acetates and cellulose nitrates), polymethyl-acrylate, polyalginate, polysulfones, polyvinyl alcohols, polyethylene oxide, polyacrylonitriles and derivatives, copolymers and/or mixtures thereof, stretched polytetrafluoroethylene (U.S.
Pat. Nos.
3,953,566 and 4,187,390, both incorporated herein by reference), stretched polypropylene, 3 o stretched polyethylene, porous polyvinylidene fluoride, woven or non-woven collections of fibers or yarns, such as "Angel Hair" (Anderson, Science, 246: 747-749;
Thompson et al., 1989, Proc Natl Acad S i T ~ A , 86: 7928-7932), fibrous matrices (see U.S.
Pat. No.
~,~~Ft~~ED v'~EEf f r . . . , . . ~ , f . . , ~ . r . ~ . . ~ , 5,387,237, incorporated herein by reference), either alone or in combination, or silicon-oxygen-silicon matrices (LT.S. Patent No. 5,693,513). Polylysine having a molecular weight of 10,000 to 30,000, preferably 15,000 to 25,000 and most preferably 17,000 is also of use in the invention (see U.S. Patent No. 4,673,566). Alternatively, the matrix material, 5 comprising the transfected cells of the invention, is exposed to conditions that induce it to form its own outer covering, as discussed below.
As described in U.S. Patent No. 5,626,561, the selective permeability of such a covering may be varied by impregnating the void spaces of a porous polymeric material (e.g., stretched polytetrafluoroethylene) with a hydrogel material. Hydrogel material can be io impregnated in substantially all of the void spaces of a porous polymeric material or in only a portion of the void spaces. For example, by impregnating a porous polymeric material with a hydrogel material in a continuous band within the material adjacent to and/or along the interior surface of a porous polymeric material, the selective permeability of the material is varied sharply from an outer cross-sectional area of the material to an inner cross-sectional i5 area of the material. The amount and composition of hydrogel material impregnated in a porous polyhmeric material depends in large part on the particular porous polymeric material used to encapsulate cells for transplant. Examples of suitable hydrogel materials include, but are not limited to, HYPAN~ Structural Hydrogel (Hymedix International, Inc.;
Dayton, NJ), non-fibrogenic alginate, as taught by Dorian in PCT/US93/05461, which is incoIporated z o herein by reference, agarose, alginic acid, carrageenan, collagen, gelatin, polyvinyl alcohol, poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), poly(N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone) or gellan gum, either alone or in combination. The matrix typically has a high surface-area:volume ratio, comprising pores or other spaces in- or on which cells may grow and through which fluids may pass; in addition, suitable matrix materials are stable following transplantation into a 2 s recipient organism. Preferably, the matrix comprises an aggregation of multiple particles, fibers or laminae. Alternatively, a matrix may comprise an aqueous solution, such as a physiological buffer or body fluid from the recipient organism (see U.S.
Patent No.
5,011,472). Suitable matrix materials include liquid, gelled, polymeric, co-polymeric or particulate formulations of aminated glucopolysachharides (e.g., deacetylated chitin, or s o "chitosan", which is prepared from the pulverized shells of crabs or other crustaceans, and is commercially available as a dry powder; Cat. # C 3646, Sigma, St. Louis, MO), alginate (LJ.S.
Patent No. 4,409,331), poly-~3-1~5-N-acetylglucosamine (p-GIcNAc) polysaccharide species ~! may..r~ ns 1 - . . r (either alone of formulated as co-polymer with collagen; see U.S. Patent No.
5,686,115), reconstituted extracellular matrix preparations (e.g. Matrigel~; Collaborative Research, Inc, Lexington, MA; Babensee et al., 1992, J. Biomed. Matr R ~ , 26: 1401), proteins, polyacrylamide, agarose and others.
s Methods by which cells become encapsulated using such materials are both numerous and varied. Encapsulation devices comprising a semi-permeable membrane material, as described above, may be pre-formed, filled with cells (e.g. by injection or other manual means) and then sealed (U.S. Patent Nos. 4,892,538; 5,011,472;
5,626,56; and 5,653,687); such sealing may be effectively permanent (e.g. by the use of heat-sealing), semi-io permanent (e.g. by the use of a biocompatible adhesive, such as an epoxy, which will not dissolve or degrade in an aqueous environment) or temporary (e.g. by the use of a removable cap or plug, or by shutting of a valve or stopcock). Methods of permanent and semi-permanent sealing are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,653,687. As an alternative to the use of a pre-formed, semi-permeable cell reservoir, methods by which cells suspended in matrix i 5 material and the substance which is to form the outer covering of the encapsulation device are co-extruded under conditions which cause the cell/matrix mixture, which may be in liquid or semi-liquid (i.e., gelled) form to be encased in a continuous tube of the semi-permeable polymer, which either forms, or becomes crosslinked, under the extrusion conditions; such an extrusion procedure may lead to the formation of capsules which have only one cell ao reservoir (LJ.S. Patent No. 5,283,187) or which are divided into multiple, discrete compartments (U.S. Patent No. 5,158,881). As an alternative to both types ofprocedure, a liquid or semi-liquid (i.e., gelled) cell/matrix mixture droplet is suspended either in an agent which induces 'curing' or crosslinking of the outer layer of matrix material to form a semi-permeable barrier (U.S. Patent Nos. 4,798,786 and 5,489,401) or in a solution of polymeric 2 5 material (or monomers thereof), which will polymerize and/or crosslink upon contact with the cell/matrix droplet such that a semi-permeable membrane is deposited thereon (U.S. Patent Nos. 4,353,888; 4,673,566; 4,744,933; 5,620,883; and 5,693,513).
One of skill in the art is well able to select the appropriate matrix and semi-permeable membrane materials and to construct a cell-encapsulation device as described 3 o above.
Implantation of such a device is achieved surgically, via standard techniques, to a site at or near the anatomical location to which the product encoded by the gene on the gene AMEt~DrD SI~Er"T
of interest is to be delivered, as is deemed safest and most expedient. Such a device may take a convenient shape, including, but not limited to, that of a sphere, pellet or other capsule shape, disk, rod or tube; often, the shape of the device is determined by its method of synthesis. For example, one which is formed by co-extrusion of a cell suspension and a polymeric covering material is typically tubular, while one formed by the deposition of a covering on droplets comprising cells in matrix material might be spherical.
As discussed above, the number of cells which must be implanted (and, therefore, encapsulated) is dependent upon the requirements of the recipient organism for the product of the transfected gene. The encapsulation devices described above are typically small (most usefully, l0um io to lmm in diameter, so as to permit efficient diffusion of substances back and forth between the outer covering and the cells most deeply embedded in the matrix), and it is contemplated that such devices may carry between 10 and 10'° cells each. Should the need for larger numbers, of cells be anticipated, a plurality (2, 10 or even 100 or more) of such in vivo culturing devices may be made and implanted in a given recipient organism.
is An encapsulated cell device may be intended for permanent installation;
alternatively, retrieval of the device may be desirable, whether to terminate delivery of the product of the gene of interest to the recipient organism at the discretion of one of skill in the art, such as a physician (who must determine on a case-by-case basis the length of time for which a given cell implant is beneficial to the recipient organism) or to replenish the device z o with fresh cells after long-term use (i.e. months to years). To the latter end, an implantation device may usefully comprise a retrieval aid, such as a guidewire, and a cap or other port, such as may be opened and re-sealed in order to gain access to the cell reservoir, both as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,892,538.
Live cultures of encapsulated cells have been used successfully to deliver gene 25 products to tissues of a recipient animal. U.S. Patent No. 4,673,566 discloses successful maintenance of normal blood sugar levels in a diabetic rat into which encapsulated rat islet of Langerhans cells were implanted; two administrations of 3,000 cells each together were effective for six months, while a single dose of 1,000 cells was effective for two months.
Similarly, heterospecific transplantation of encapsulated islet cells has been 3 o demonstrated to treat diabetes successfully (dog islet cells to a mouse recipient, U.S. Patent No. 5.578,314; porcine islet cells to a mouse recipient, Sun et al., 1992, A~ATO T., 38: 124).
It is believed that such an approach is promising for the clinical treatment of diabetes mellitus AivtwJrD ~I~cET
r r !~ r r r r r , r ~ r r. r r r . . r r , r r ~ , r ~ r r ~ , r r .
in humans (Calafiore, 1992, A~,~Qy~ 3g; 34).
It is contemplated that these techniques, which have been applied successfully to untransfected cells, may be utilized advantageously with cells that are transfected with therapeutic nucleic acid molecules of use in the invention.
s e. Assay of efficacy of transplanted cells in a recipient organism The efficacy of the transfected cells so administered and their subsequent maintenance in the recipient host may be assayed either by monitoring the activity of a marker gene, which may additionally be comprised by the transfected construct, or by the direct measurement of either the product (e.g. a protein) encoded by the gene of interest or the i o reduction in the levels of a protein the production of which it (an antisense message or ribozyme) is designed to inhibit. The assays can be performed using conventional molecular and biochemical techniques, such as are known to one skilled in the art, or may comprise histological sampling (i.e., biopsy) and examination of tranplanted cells or organs.
In addition to direct measurements of protein or nucleic acid levels in blood or i5 target tissues encoded by the gene of interest borne by the vector in transfected/transplanted cells, it is possible to monitor changes in the disease state in patients receiving gene transfer via transplantation of cells in which the gene of interest is maintained and compare them to the progression or persistence of disease in patients receiving comparable cells transfected with vector constructs lacking the gene of interest.
Other DoyQe~ and Modes of AdminiStrahion A patient that is subject to a disease state which is associated with a frameshift mutation may be treated in accordance with the invention, as described above, via inin vivo, ~
2s vivo or in vitro methods. For example in in vivo treatments, a ribozyme or a nucleic acid vector encoding a ribozyme, a wild-type RNA, an antisense RNA or DNA or a sequence encoding the antisense RNA, or a wild-type version of a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, can be administered to the patient, preferably in a pharmaceutically acceptable delivery vehicle and a biologically compatible solution, by ingestion, injection, inhalation or any 3 o number of other methods. The dosages administered will vary from patient to patient; an "effective dose" will be determined by the level of enhancement of function of the transferred genetic material balanced against any risk of deleterious side effects.
Monitoring gene ~i~~~~:~~)w~l ~~~!_~
expression and/or the presence or levels of the encoded mutant RNA or protein or its corresponding "sense" protein will assist in selecting and adjusting the dosages administered.
Generally, a composition including a nucleoprotein such as a ribozyme will be administered in single or multiple doses, as determined by the physician, in the range of 50 ug - 1 mg, or within the range of 100 ug - 500 ug. A composition including an oligonucleotide will be administered in a single dose in the range of 5 ng - 10 ug, or within the range of 100 ng - S00 ng. A composition including a wild-type RNA or a vector will be administered in a single dose in the range of 10 ng - 100 ug/kg body weight, preferably in the range of 100 ng - 10 ug/kg body weight, such that at least one copy of the sequence is delivered to each target cell.
i o A composition including a protein, e.g., a wild-type version of a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein, will be administered in single or multiple doses, as determined by the physician, in the range of 10 ug - 1 mg, or within the range of 100 ug - 50 ug. Any of the above dosages may be administered according to the body weight of the patient, as determined by the physician.
i5 Ex vivo transduction is also contemplated within the present invention.
Cell populations can be removed from the patient or otherwise provided, transduced with a vector in accordance with the invention, then reintroduced into the patient. The number of cells reintroduced into the patient will depend upon the efficiency of vector transfer, and will generally be in the range of 104 - 106 transduced cells/patient.
z o The cells targeted for ex vivo gene transfer in accordance with the invention include any cells to which the delivery of the vector is desired, for example, neuronal cells or stem cells.
Protein, nucleic acid, or cells administered according to the invention is preferably administered in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier substance, e.g., a 5 magnesium carbonate, lactose, or a phospholipid to form a micelle, the carrier and protein, nucleic acid or cell together can form a therapeutic composition, e.g., a pill, tablet, capsule or liquid for oral administration to the mammal. Other forms of compositions are also envisioned, e.g., a liquid capable of being administered nasally as drops or spray, or a liquid capable of intravenous, parenteral, subcutaneous, or intraperitoneal administration. The 3 o substance administered may be in the form of a biodegradable sustained release formulation for intramuscular administration. For maximum efficacy, where zero order release is desirable, e.g., an implantable or external pump, e.g., an InfusaidTM pump (Infusaid Coip, ~~~'eu9::IJ ~~.~~,~,~.:1 r , ' r .
r r ~ r ~ ' r MA), may be used.
Kits I Tie ~l A ording to the Invention The invention encompasses kits for diagnosis or treatment of diseases according s to the invention.
A diagnostic kit includes suitable packaging materials and one or more of the following reagents: a nucleic acid probe as defined hereinabove, and optionally means for detecting the probe when bound to its complementary sequences. For example, the nucleic acid probe may be labeled, e.g., radiolabeled, fluorescently labeled, etc., or may be detected io via indirect labeling techniques, e.g., using a biotin/avidin system, well known in the art.
A diagnostic system, preferably in kit form, comprises yet another embodiment of this invention. This system is useful for assaying the presence of a hybrid wild-type/nonsense protein or its derivative in cells by the formation of an immune complex. This system includes at least one package that contains an antibody of this invention. Optionally, i5 a kit also may include a positive tissue sample control.
Antibodies are also utilized along with an "indicating group" also sometimes referred to as a "label". The indicating group or label is utilized in conjunction with the antibody as a means for determining whether an immune reaction has taken place, and in some instances for determining the extent of such a reaction.
a o The terms "indicating group" or "label" are used herein to include single atoms and molecules that are linked to the antibody or used separately, and whether those atoms or molecules are used alone or in conjunction with additional reagents. Such indicating groups or labels are themselves well-known in immunochemistry and constitute a part of this invention only insofar as they are utilized with otherwise novel antibodies, methods and/or a s systems.
For example, an antigen-specific antibody or antibody fragment is detectably labeled by linking the same to an enzyme and use it in an EIA, or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). This enzyme, in turn, when later exposed to a substrate in such a mariner as to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by 3 o spectrophotometric, flourometric or, most preferably, by visual means. The substrate may be a chromogenic substrate which generates a, reaction product visible to the naked eye.
Enzymes which can be used to detectably label the binding protein which is ~~I~DED SI~~T
specific for the desired detectable mutant protein, include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-V-steroid isomerase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, asparaginase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, s glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase and acetylcholinesterase.
By radioactively labeling the binding protein, for example, the antibody, it is possible to detect the antigen bound to a solid support through the use of a radioimmunoassay (RIA). The radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a gamma counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography. Isotopes which are particularly useful for the to purpose of the present invention are: 3H, ~3'I, ~4C, and preferably i2sl.
It is also possible to label the first or second binding protein with a fluorescent compound. When the fluorescently labeled antibody is exposed to light of the proper wave length, its presence can then be detected due to fluorescence. Among the most commonly used fluorescent labelling compounds are fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 15 phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, Q-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
The first or second binding protein also can be detectably labeled by coupling it to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged antibody is then determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of particularly useful chemiluminescent labeling compounds z o are luminol, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium ester, imidazole, acridinium salt and oxalate ester.
Likewise, a bioluminescent compound may be used to label the first or second binding protein. Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction.
25 The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Important bioluminescent compounds for purposes of labeling are luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
The invention also includes diagnostic reagents for use in the present invention, such as nucleic acid sequences, probes and antibody molecules, and/or positive tissue a o controls, as described above, and kits including such reagents for use in diagnosing or treating a disease.
An indicating group or label is preferably supplied along with the antibody and AM~~~DED SHfET
r r. r ~ ., r r r ~ ' ' ~ r r ' , n r r ~ r ~
' r r r r may be packaged therewith or packaged separately. Additional reagents such as hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine, and nickel ammonium sulfate may also be included in the system when an indicating group such as HRP is utilized. Such materials are readily available in commerce, as are many indicating groups, and need not be supplied along with the s diagnostic system. In addition, some reagents such as hydrogen peroxide decompose on standing, or are otherwise short-lived like some radioactive elements, and are better supplied by the end-user.
OTHER EMBODIMENTS
1 o It will be understood that the invention is described by way of illustration only.
Many other embodiments of the present invention in addition to those herein described will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the description herein given without departing from the scope of the present invention as defined in the appended claims.
~AfJIE~~:D~D SHfET
..
r r.
,- r ,- ~ ' .
Table 1 EARLY ONSET
10-20% of total number of AD cases familial 60% 90% unknown (54) 33% PS1 0% autosomal dominant (6) 5% APP
<1% PS2 60% unknown 40% sporadic LATE ONSET
80-90% of total number of AD cases familial 40% 90% unknown (36) ~0% autosomal dominant* (4) 60% slporadic Based upon a population-based cross-section study of dementia, 72% of all demented people suffer from Alzheimer's disease (AD), 16% from vascular dementia, 6%
from Parkinson's disease dementia and 6% of other dementias (Ott et al., 1995).
Early (<65 years) and late (>65 years) onset (EGAD and LOAD) forms of Alzheimer's disease are distinguished. Familial means that AD was observed in relatives of the first degree. This study is based upon Ott et al., 1995; Van Broeckhoven, 1995; Cruts et al., 1998.
In familial EOAD the majority (54%) is not yet linked to a chromosome, whereas 6% is inherited in a an autosomal dominant way and linked to chromosome 1 (PS2, <1 %), 14 (PS1, 33%), 19 (APP, 5%), whereas 60% of the autosomal dominant forms is still not linked.
In familial LOAD, the majority (90%) is not yet linked to a chromosome, whereas 10% is inherited in an autosomal dominant way. A subset may be linked to chromosome (Pericak-Vance et al., 1997) and ApoE4 nuclear families.
Risk factors: 65% of all EOAD and 25% of all LOAD cases display ApoE4 polymorphism (one or two E4 alleles). ApoE4 data in early onset AD are based upon a study by Van Broeckhoven and Cruts (n = 102 patients). Other risk factors for late onset AD
are butyrylcholinesterase and cytochrome c oxidase.
References Cruts, M. et al. (1998) Hum. Mol. Genetics 7, 43-51 Davis, R.E. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94, 4526-4531 Lehmann, D.J. ef aL (1997) Human Mol. Gen. 6, 1933-1936 Ott, A. et al. (1995) Br. Med. J. 310, 970-973 Pericak-Vance, M.A. et aL (1997) JAMA 278, 1237-1241 Van Broeckhoven, C.L. (1995) Eur. Neurology 35, 8-19 AME~~D~D ~N~:~' .'r~ -. _ ~ __ ._ _'~. . . ~ , .' n f0 C O
(~ L O
a U
O ' L
L
- -p ~ O U C L ~ 4t-tn C ~ O .c . p p p O t~ ' L
~ C f9 ' U
O O
_ _ _ p > ~ N (a N U O f9 ~ U
E
N C C V C ~ U
O ~ L U U
L L f0 ~
,p O O ~ ~, V C U
f' ~ V p O
E' N ~ ~ ~.~ ~. ~ -n~_ o ' ' C
O
d O ~' C ~~ ~ N ~ ~ I9 t0 <p 'aN
~ C O~ n.O U v p _ U- 7 O.~ _ O
O ;C ~ ~ XX t~ X L
O O O~ . p O C
> C ~ L.. ~
O ~ ~ ~N ' ~ O-O '~~ Lt ~L C w ~V fp O
N tn ~ U O U p f0 W f9 a~ ~'L O
0= V O-L ~ ~ U C ~
p O . 'DO '0~~~ UUG>UL~..N V70'OD~
?.
~ U00)EO
U ~ c ~ ~ aE v v QQQQQQQ QQQQQ
E 'a ~
E
S'c oo cocoaor~~omo o'~oo _oocomooo u~coaom ~ O Ot~
O
M N~ O O~O ~t~~Or OO
C-N~lnh ~ ~ ~Nw7 0cN
-NM ~ ' ~
T ~Trr!"T1~
r1 T r rl TrI~T!"T
d.
TrTr O
U U N
C O O ~' I9 C
O,O ~ ~C . W X
tn d~ t0 NpMr-t~000MO -(D O L Ln f~
(' U O ~ 0 >' t M U
~
' ~~d'~t0.~ C NC M~C
~ ~ DM~~ OM~~tMM 01'~
r O~~ f lL e 4= U M' U
O -tn N
O
1~~ tn r MOOT-r,~ CflLn ~ N~ Mttd'MNCDM M~~t~'~!
~'O ~ V N d"~ M V r N r N
C
O
w f0 Q ~ ~ m m m ~ m 1~ A I~ ~O f~ t0 I~ h 1~ f~ f~ C
.D
C
t9 N
C
C p ~ ' , U O j O ~ i ~ i ~ i ~ ~ i i i y(je-CDLnr1'MT NNTfw~
p 0'D ~ ,~~ T r e- /~
C
O
f0 X~
L
C
U ' V
O (0 'O C1 O Q~ r''M MVtI~Ln f~C~O~ OOOCNO o~0 ~~ ROtnO~COr-c0 OOMf~f~
L C UV'~~Y ~(OCO f~f~-I~t~f~
d L
d d M T07tnP-MO ~Dh- O t~M
.O'V m ~ CO NTNMf~I~ NN 00 000 ~l~t~O~eM-l~~ O'd ~~~
O OTe-000 00 O 00 _NOO~-0000 OOOrO
m O O 00 r-'~~00OO re- O e-O OCDOr-LnNOJ MMrOM
~"' U Z cv c Z ao ao o~ o~ oo a~ a~ o~ o> o ao o~ a o~ ao a~ o~ o~ a~ ao ao a~
o> a~ a~
~~~~i(~tU ~~~T
r r ~ , . ~ , t , r' n.. ~ r C
O
J
O
D
O vi U
O
LL
N
C
o a c ti U ~O O O
O ~U O
_CV O ~f_0 U~OW 7 'O C.C
f0 . O
'D --"~'.~ U O f0 7 _UO .~ ~ ~ _ (~00 C O
~O U'W'O U_ ~fB ~ O C N ~ U
~ ~ = N ~E C O = C O-~ f0 ~N C O V7 N f9 fn O O w. ~ d. ~ (Lp ~C ~'~ ~C O
,f~N~X~~(9d.f~C~X =~NUOVf'O ~fC
O
U fl.V ~ a~ U ~ ~ ~~ ~'~L ~ ,O
O~N >,LOdfO W.tOCf9G~C O
N .OOUELO'O'OU .aOUO.U~d ~~~~~U~
U Q'OQQQQQQQ
_O
OOOtnOOM000C0 ONNOO~ U
00NOC~NO~CDO M~rO00f~0 II
'~ OOOOOMO000 I~I~Ope-OOp~ (n m 3 °' .-r-~~-~.-~,- t- o C~
cc °-°v c'°a v ~roamnr. v ~O ?~ ~~ ~N~M~~~ca7~ ''~'NOOC0~0 ,>
LL 'O v. ~O e- Ln r- O
O
C
O II
(0 O C.
r V7 N ~ N
v 'd'Mtn'cfN'~1~M~' y ~lt7~Nl~r ~ N
~C
N
a ~c cocDl~vvmn n r~ cl~r~ c ~ ~I~ ~c°
-o _n. .
c m ~a o .c c . ° r' IIM
v scam ~'D~ 00~'vtln°~t~M ~00~~ i M00 * ai c c io x ~ : co r O * * * * * * * m j, U m' V ~ d 7 L N ~ .fl _i7.0 N c0 GI O C
,~, O p~ N
- p~~Mtntn~0o00N ~' O.OC Qv 0000000000000000 ~~~~CNOCMD(~OC~O
U '' ~' ~ o v0 d N n' >. E N Z U
C1 U w d dl~lntn~OJI~tONCO CNOtI7~1n0000 (I ~
m O .C~~d'OONe-OOOtt C0000(D~II~N
_NOOOOO.-ooo 300.-000 °°v I~U Z c=o c Qmrn~o~a°°o~a>o~°o~ ~~~a°~o~~~~ Z
ccv .A~~DED S~E~' r r , r r r r r r r C' ~ r f ~ r r. , r o Table 3 Immunoreactivities in the human frontal cortex (Brodman area 11 ) for mutant p amyloid precursor +otein and ubiquitin-B, the mRNA of which is expressed in the +1 reading frame (pAPP" and Ubi ). Tissues were obtained from controls and neuropathologically confirmed Alzheimer and Down _.._a__...... ..____ NBB
autopsy age sex neurop atho- pAPP"' Ubi-B"
no. (years) (m/f) logical state' TIPS tangles Non-demented controls 89003 34 m _ _ _ _ 81021 43 . m _ _ _ _ 94119 51 f _ _ _ _ 94125 51 m _ _ _ _ 88037 58 m _ _ _ 90073 65 f _ _ _ _ 90079 72 m +a _ _ _ 91026 80 f - _ _ _ 91027 82 f _ _ _ 90080 85 m + +a _ . _ 81007 90 f +a _ _ 90083 90 f + _ _ _ !~ oOS. staining Alzheimer cases 89057 40 m + + _ +
86055 45 m + + _ +
90102 49 m + + _ +
91092 54 f + + _ +
85013 56 f + + _ _ 92054 61 m +~ +~ _ +
88073 66 m + + _ +
83002 70 f +~ + + +
93047 70 m + +~ + _ 91094 73 f +~ + - +
90118 77 m +~ +~ - +
93044 77 m + +e _ +
93087 81 m +a + - +
90015 81 f + +a + +
93045 83 f +a + - +
91081 85 f +a +a _ _ 88028 85 f + + _ +
90117 86 m + +~ _ +
91086 88 m +a +a - +
86002 90 f + +a + +
93048 92 f + _ _ _ DOS. Staining 19% 80%
Downs' syndrome 93162 54 f +~ + + +
92080 58 f + + + +
89005 59 f + + + +
93161 62 f +~ +~ + +
96015 63 f _ _ _ 94058 64 m + + + +
93028 67 f +~ + + +
% nns staininn Qaoi flaoi NBB = Netherlands Brain Bank, 'Number of plaques (all types) [1j and tangles as revealed by Congo Red and Bodian silver staining: a) few, b) moderate, c) many.
~d;~~u 4:~~~E:
r f n r .- ~ , ' i c r .
~ ~ ~ r r ~
f n .. !' ~
Table 4 Immunoreactivities in the human temporal cortex (Brodman area 38) for mutant ~
amyloid precursor ~~rotein and ubiquitin-B the mRNA of which is expressed in the +1 reading frame (~iAE~P" and Ubi-B
). Tissues were obtained from controls and neuropathologically confirmed Alzheimer cases. Down C\IYII~I/\mtf n~~ie~.~~n eW,w.....J AI-L_~... .
NBB
notopsy (years) mx/f) logical state' LAPP" Ubi-B"
( i,LqPS IangiPs Non-demented controls 89003 34 m _ _ _ 81021 43 m _ _ _ 94119 51 f - _ 94125 51 m _ _ _ -88037 58 m _ _ -90073 65 f _ _ _ _ 90079 72 m _ _ _ 91026 80 f - _ _ 91027 82 f _ 90080 85 m + + _ +
81007 90 f +a +a _ 90083 90 f + _ _ _ oos_ staining p%
Alzheimer cases 8905740 m + + _ +
8605545 m + +~ + +
9010249 m + + _ +
9109254 f + +~ _ +
8501356 f + + _ +
9205461 m + + + +
8807366 m +a +a + +
8300270 f + + + +
9304770 m + + + +
9109473 f + ~ + - +
9011877 m + + _ +
9304477 m +a + _ +
9308781 m +e + + +
9001581 f + + + +
9304583 f + + + +
8802885 f +a +~ _ +
9108185 f + + - +
9011786 m +~ +~ _ +
9108688 m + +a _ +
8600290 f +~ +~ + +
9304892 f +~ +a _ _ oo~. tainino 4~o/n 45%
a Downs'syndrome 9316254 f + + + +
9208058 f + + + +
8900559 f + +~ + +
9316162 f +~ + + +
9601563 f +a 9405864 m + + + +
9302867 f + + + +
NBB = Netherlands Brain Bank, *Number of plaques (all types) [1] and tangles as revealed by Congo Red and Bodian silver staining: a) few, b) moderate, c) many.
~i~~i~~D ~~F~.-'~~
r ~~
,.
' . c r ' ~ ' r ~ , 68 ~f r.
Table 5 Immunoreactivities in the human hippocampus for mutant amyloid precursor protein and ubiquitin-B, the mRNA of which is expressed in the +1 readin frame. (APP" and Ubi-B").
Tissues were obtained NBB
notopsy ( 9 ars) m/f) logical pAPP" Ubi-B"
( fu state' 4uP~ tan9i ~
Non-demented controls 89003 34 m _ _ _ _ 81021 43 m _ _ _ _ 94119 51 f _ _ _ 94125 51 m _ _ 88037 58 n1 _ +a _ 90073 65 f 90079 72 m + +~ _ +
91026 80 f + +~ _ +
91027 82 f + _ +
90080 85 m + + _ +
81007 90 f + + _ +
90083 90 f _ +a _ +
oos. staining Alzheimer cases 89057 40 m +a + _ +
86055 45 m + +~ _ +
90102 49 m + +~ _ +
91092 54 f + +~ + +
85013 56 f + +a _ +
92054 61 m + + + +
88073 66 f +~ +~ _ +
83002 70 f + + _ . + +
93047 70 m + + + _ 91094 73 f + + - +
90118 77 m + + + +
93044 77 m + + + +
93087 81 m + +~ + +
93045 83 f + + - +
88028 85 f +a + - +
91081 85 f + + _ +
90117 86 m + + + +
91086 88 m + + + +
86002 90 f + + _ +
93048 92 f + + + +
ogs. staining 50% A5%
Downs' syndrome 93162 54 f + + + +
92080 58 f + +~ + +
89005 59 f + + + +
93161 62 f +~ +~ + +
96015 63 f _ _ _ 94058 64 m + + + +
93028 67 f +~ + _ +
positive staining 71 % 86%
NBB = Netherlands Brain Bank, * Number of plaques all types [11 and tangles as revealed by Congo Red and Bodian silver staining: a) few, b) moderate, c~ many. n tf~a absence of hippocampal tissue, patient #90015 was not studied.
~~~~~~ ~e~f r r r r r r ' ' r r r w r ~ r r r . r= r , r r .
- r ~ . .- r r r . r ' , .
r N'O fC ' N r , d ~ + N >
m z V
m E p t n o . N O
O O v C
m Q
S U.U O m ~ O
E
~ N W ~ w 3 n ~ m cue ~
_ .
L ..-. s O N ..
IO O O ~
N d ~ .D
_ c oca E >
.
.~ ~ a co m o a ~
~co o a a' N ~
c -c N a d ~ W
e c c = n. o voni .c -v ~ ~ 3 ~
cN E c c co~
E a~
~~ c 'N '~ c ~
_ ~ a f/l O U'C. 3 a E ~ a~ L
Loc c o a ~ w -O p~ O L
L -p C M ~' ~ d o fl 3 .
a ~ ,~ v m t U d y w ca a ' o~ o~ao o ~ a E' ~ ' (9 3 L C j, N
n' O O m' O N d a a, m y .'-.
~ ~
F o v m ~
~ c ~ Q' o, o v c o a o a~ E
o c ~ ~ E
~
Q o "
-c :~: ... ~.~ c -o - Ec m c a N 3 ~ ~ C~'1 U C fl. ~- _ _ N
O O
om>. :- ~ o co QN~o 3 d U .~ ~ ~ O N CO ~ +
G) ~
O
p C C'O
Q, oaco o vio-vEo ~ o U ~'-p-~ ~ p r = rr p O O
E O ~0 ~ 'C L C
d U O ~C
N
V CN .
~~ ,.
+
c~E ti ~ o a~ocoo -oL~N~ a '~d ~ ~
c~- ao~a ' ~ ~ vi ~ ~~-~..'vn L L
.
~-' tn ~ O tn w,0N C7 O O ~
L 'p~.0~ C
wOV
ICOfE90 ~ CU00'- ~ 00 .
E~E ~ cio#XN ~ HN
LO~ II .-. ~'pCNC ~ NQ
O:D C v.. N II ~ ~
O ~.
~
~
~ca~ ~ II ~~,~ w ~ ~
C ~ ~ ~~ a0 C C O
c ~
' _ ~ N C ~ C E ~ ~e ~-f ~ U ~
.,... O U ~ _ a ~ C
p ''~ 'O V7 ~ O
~
O O
~ ~ L E d U C C _ 'pO ~N ~,O O ~ C
O . d v7 ,C.
'p CG ~'t!7 C vW' O ~ " N
a~ ~ a u~
c c O O N O E O ~ v~ ~ ~ ,~ L
N O
eu 'a -v ~ N
E X N O I'1O C ~ O r =
L N
O
t0 z Q p f 5~ 3H
HEa~Q 0 Na~OV~
11~'~~t~~~-J ~=.y ;.-~..
r r ~- r - r r r r r ~ r , r- ~. . .
r ~ , ~ ' ~ c r r ~ r , r - ~ . .
7~
Table 7 GAGAG MOTIFS
(CODING SEQUENCE NUMBER NUMBER
OF LONGEST FORM) (1:1024) (iAPP 2234 2,2 7 Tau 1096 1.1 _ Ubiquitin B 687 0.7 2 Apolipoprotein g53 O.g -MAP2b 5475 5.3 11 NF-low (68 K) 582 0.6 3 NF-medium (145 2748 2,7 3 K) NF-H (200 K) 3063 3,1 2 Presenilin I 1392 1,4 3 Presenilin II 1346 1.3 3 Big Tau 2058 2 5 GFAP l2gg 1,3 6 P53 1239 1.2 2 BCL2 717 0.7 1 Semaphorin III 2313 2.3 4 HUPF-I 3351 3,3 3 HMG 327 0.3 1 NSP-A 2268 2.3 2 .;y _~L1~?li~:rt~.~ ;~!.ilawE~~~~
r ~
~
r n r ' . ~ ~ ~ r . . , , r ~ r r C . r ~7 , . r m ~a _ ay /1 Z T ~ ~ CO
d ~- N ~ N T r- C~ ~ O
.
N
I' O T ~-T ~ a ~T
O
r Z
T
' ~T
a m o z o Q
N T O
T
Q n (~Op ~ ~ ~ ~ d N -7?
~
E- T o~ J ' Z
O ~p T ~
m . C
N IO
O~
O t0 ~- m ~M
UJ
N h C'7 Y c ~ W ~ O
00 M .. N I' ~ pp (n T N M e-CO. T M O ~ d ... N Q
N ~' ~ ILO
~U :~
~O
'n s a .o ~
z o w o a~
a a w p O
LL .
N
~
Q U) o U itlZ ~ ~
~ D C7 O Z~ T T
J " ~ l L1J - l O J If N
d ' Ni O
m d d ~ p f0 T
Z > O U
t _ LIJ Z J O
J O
Cr ~ 1 O~ V Q 0 ~ O
u U u- U ~ ~I iv .l O i _ g ~U X U W t lu Q
o> > aw ~ ll oZ
~-.
Z C~ ,~, Q ., U ..
(n d o w w a z o d -z z Q QQJQ ~ ~ a ~ w~ U E
.O
~
F- ULU m C7 uJO. + ~ Tin=
~~p~i'~_.!'~ > .
f r f :- r , f ~ r r. f .. r ~ ~. .
r f , I , f r r ~ r ~ .
f r c ~ r f r r ~ r r . ~ ~ ' , ~. r Table 9 +1 protein sequences (right) predicted by a dinucleotide deletion iri an mRNA molecule ing for different proteins encod (left) aAPP" RGRTSSKELA SEQ 1 " ID
NO:
Tau HGRLAPARHAS SEQ ID 2 Ubi NO:
B"
Ubi NO:
B"
Ubi NO:
B"
Ubi NO:
B"
- YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ SEQ ID 1400]
NO:
A~ po-E GAPRLPPAQAA SEQ ID 6 +' NO:
Neurofilament-L" PGNRSMGHE NO:
Neurofilament-M" EAEGGSRS NO: 9 ' SEQ ID
NO:
Neurofilament-H' VGAARDSRAA SEQ ID 1 " NO:
Presenilin I HDYPPGGSV SEQ ID 11 " NO:
Presenilin I SIQKFQV SEQ ID 12 NO:
Presenilin II" VEKPGERGGR SEQ ID 13 NO:
Big Tau" PLFGRGHKRG SEQ ID 14 " NO:
P53" NO:
BCL2+' NO:
+, NO:
Semaphorin III AGLLAIPEAK SEQ ID 18 NO:
Semaphorin III" YVDVYNGGKFS SEQ ID 19 " NO:
HUPF NO:
I"
HMG" NO:
NSP NO:
A"
NSP NO:
A+' NO:
pN!~~fD~D SffEET
t r r r f t. C f . f f- , f .
f f . f f ' f r I. , I , I' r ~' r f f f ~ I
. . f .
Table 10 ~''t b altered GAG AGG GAA CGU
Glu Arg Glu Arg GAG AGG GAG AGG
Glu Arg Glu Arg CGA GAG CGU GAA
Arg Glu Arg Glu AUG AGA GAA AUG CGC GAA
Met Arg Glu Met Arg Glu GAG AGA GAA CGC
Glu Arg Glu Arg
Claims (39)
1. A method for the diagnosis of a disease caused by or associated with an RNA
molecule having a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising:
i. providing a biological sample from a patient suspected of having or developing said disease; and ii. detecting in said sample the presence of a mutant RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation or a protein encoded thereby, wherein detection is indicative of the disease.
molecule having a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising:
i. providing a biological sample from a patient suspected of having or developing said disease; and ii. detecting in said sample the presence of a mutant RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation or a protein encoded thereby, wherein detection is indicative of the disease.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the frameshift mutation comprises a deletion or an insertion of a nucleotide.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the frameshift mutation is associated with the nucleotide sequence GAGA or CTCT.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the frameshift mutation comprises a dinucleotide mutation associated with a nucleotide sequence comprising GAGA or CTCT.
5. The method of claim 3, wherein said sequence comprises GAGAX or CTCTX, where X
is one of G, A, T, or C.
is one of G, A, T, or C.
6. The method of claim 3, wherein said sequence comprises one of GAGAC, CTCTG, GAGAG or CTCTC.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the disease is cancer or a neurodegenerative disease.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the disease is Alzheimer's disease or Downs' Syndrome; frontal lobe dementia (Pick's Disease); progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) and other diseases with abundant tau-positive filamentous lesions selected from the group that includes Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia pugilistica, Dementia with tangles only, Dementia with tangles and calcification, Frontotemporal demential with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Gertsmann-Strassler-Scheinker disease with tangles, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease type C, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Postencephalitic Parkinsonism and Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis; Parkinson's disease; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis;
Huntington's Disease; multiple sclerosis; dementia with Lewy bodies; multisystem atrophy;
other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin selected from the group that includes Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and the presence of Marinesco bodies and Hyaline inclusions; Diabetes mellitus type II; and other degenerative diseases.
Huntington's Disease; multiple sclerosis; dementia with Lewy bodies; multisystem atrophy;
other inclusion body diseases associated with ubiquitin selected from the group that includes Alexander's disease, Alcoholic liver disease, lichen amyloidosis, and the presence of Marinesco bodies and Hyaline inclusions; Diabetes mellitus type II; and other degenerative diseases.
9. The method of claim 1 wherein the RNA having a frameshift mutation would, if containing a wildtype sequence, encode the .beta. amyloid precursor protein, the Tau protein, ubiquitin, apolipoprotein-E4 (Apo-E4), microtubule associated protein II (MAP
2), the neurofilament proteins (L, M, H), presenilin I protein, presenilin II
protein, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF-I, HMG and NSP-A.
2), the neurofilament proteins (L, M, H), presenilin I protein, presenilin II
protein, Big Tau, GFAP, P53, BCL2, semaphorin III, HUFF-I, HMG and NSP-A.
10. The method of claim 1 wherein the biological sample comprises body fluid or tissue.
11. The method of claim 10 wherein said body fluid comprises cerebral spinal fluid or blood.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the tissue comprises skin or nose epithelium.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the mutant RNA molecule is detected by formation of a nucleic acid duplex wherein a first strand of said duplex comprises a nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule encompassing the mutation giving rise to the frameshift mutation, and the second strand of said duplex comprises a nucleic acid sequence of the mutant RNA molecule which is complementary to said probe.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein the mutant RNA molecule is detected using RT-PCR
to reverse transcribe the mutant RNA molecule and then to amplify at least a fragment of the reverse transcribed DNA corresponding to the mutant RNA molecule, the mutant RNA
molecule encompassing the mutation giving rise to the frameshift, and then probing for the amplified fragment using a nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the reverse transcribed DNA encompassing the mutation giving rise to the frameshift mutation, or by sequencing the amplified fragment.
to reverse transcribe the mutant RNA molecule and then to amplify at least a fragment of the reverse transcribed DNA corresponding to the mutant RNA molecule, the mutant RNA
molecule encompassing the mutation giving rise to the frameshift, and then probing for the amplified fragment using a nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the reverse transcribed DNA encompassing the mutation giving rise to the frameshift mutation, or by sequencing the amplified fragment.
15. The method of claim 1, wherein the protein encoded by the mutant RNA
molecule is detected using an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein and not for the wild-type protein.
molecule is detected using an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein and not for the wild-type protein.
16. A method for identifying diseases caused by or associated with an RNA
molecule having a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising:
i. providing the sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease;
ii. identifying the sequence of the mutant protein encoded by the RNA sequence 3'-terminal to a frameshift mutation;
iii. preparing a probe to the mutant protein or a fragment thereof; and iv. probing a biological sample from a patient having the disease and a biological sample from a patient not having the disease, wherein the presence of said mutant protein in a biological sample from a patient having the disease and the absence of said mutant protein in a biological sample from a patient not having the disease indicates that the presence of the mutant protein in a biological sample is a marker for the disease or susceptibility to the disease.
molecule having a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising:
i. providing the sequence of an RNA molecule suspected of being involved in the pathogenesis of a disease;
ii. identifying the sequence of the mutant protein encoded by the RNA sequence 3'-terminal to a frameshift mutation;
iii. preparing a probe to the mutant protein or a fragment thereof; and iv. probing a biological sample from a patient having the disease and a biological sample from a patient not having the disease, wherein the presence of said mutant protein in a biological sample from a patient having the disease and the absence of said mutant protein in a biological sample from a patient not having the disease indicates that the presence of the mutant protein in a biological sample is a marker for the disease or susceptibility to the disease.
17. A diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with an RNA molecule having a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation, the kit comprising:
i. a labeled nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule which encompasses the mutation which leads to the frameshift mutation; and ii. packaging materials therefor.
i. a labeled nucleic acid probe having a sequence complementary to part of the mutant RNA molecule which encompasses the mutation which leads to the frameshift mutation; and ii. packaging materials therefor.
18. A diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with an RNA molecule having a transcript mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising:
i. a pair of primers for use in an RT-PCR reaction, wherein said pair comprises sequences complementary to sequences on either side of the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation, and reagents necessary for performing an RT-PCR
reaction; and ii. packaging materials therefor.
i. a pair of primers for use in an RT-PCR reaction, wherein said pair comprises sequences complementary to sequences on either side of the mutation which gives rise to the frameshift mutation, and reagents necessary for performing an RT-PCR
reaction; and ii. packaging materials therefor.
19. A diagnostic kit for diagnosing a disease caused by or associated with at least one RNA
molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising:
i. an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein encoded by the mutant RNA and not the wild-type protein; and ii. packaging materials therefor.
molecule having one or more transcript mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation comprising:
i. an antibody molecule having specificity for the mutant protein encoded by the mutant RNA and not the wild-type protein; and ii. packaging materials therefor.
20. A recombinant RNA molecule having a frameshift mutation, as described in of any one of claims 1 to 9.
21. The RNA molecule of claim 20 encoding at least part of the protein sequence designated +1 or +2 shown in any one of Figures 2-19.
22. A mutant protein encoded by the RNA of claim 20 or 21.
23. An immunogenic fragment of the mutant protein of claim 22.
24. The mutant protein of claim 22 or the immunogenic fragment of claim 23, comprising the amino acid sequence:
RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1];
HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID NO: 2];
YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3];
RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4];
YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400];
GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5];
GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ ID NO: 6];
KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID NO: 7];
PGNRSMGHE [SEQ ID NO: 8];
EAEGGSRS [SEQ ID NO: 9];
VGAARDSRAA [SEQ ID NO: 10];
HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID NO: 11];
SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12];
VEKPGERGGR [SEQ ID NO: 13];
PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID NO: 14];
EDRGDAGWRGH [SEQ ID NO: 15];
QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16];
RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD [SEQ ID NO: 17];
AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18];
YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ ID NO: 20];
QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ ID NO: 21];
PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22];
RSWVHPAPPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO: 23];or GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24].
RGRTSSKELA [SEQ ID NO: 1];
HGRLAPARHAS [SEQ ID NO: 2];
YADLREDPDRQ [SEQ ID NO: 3];
RQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 4];
YADLREDPDRQDHHPGSGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 1400];
GGGAQ [SEQ ID NO: 5];
GAPRLPPAQAA [SEQ ID NO: 6];
KTRFQRKGPS [SEQ ID NO: 7];
PGNRSMGHE [SEQ ID NO: 8];
EAEGGSRS [SEQ ID NO: 9];
VGAARDSRAA [SEQ ID NO: 10];
HDYPPGGSV [SEQ ID NO: 11];
SIQKFQV [SEQ ID NO: 12];
VEKPGERGGR [SEQ ID NO: 13];
PLFGRGHKRG [SEQ ID NO: 14];
EDRGDAGWRGH [SEQ ID NO: 15];
QERGASPRAAPREH [SEQ ID NO: 16];
RQPGDVAPGGQHRPVDD [SEQ ID NO: 17];
AGLLAIPEAK [SEQ ID NO: 18];
YVDVYNGGKFS [SEQ ID NO: 19];
AADERRCHLLHMCGRR [SEQ ID NO: 20];
QQATEAGQHYQPGSPLHDHSHV [SEQ ID NO: 21];
PQEAAARTNR [SEQ ID NO: 22];
RSWVHPAPPYQMCLG [SEQ ID NO: 23];or GGSRTHPR [SEQ ID NO: 24].
25. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable Garner.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT and a wild-type analog of an RNA having a GAGA
sequence giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
sequence giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
27. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a wild-type analog of an RNA
having a GAGA or CTCT sequence giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
having a GAGA or CTCT sequence giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
28. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 27 wherein said wild-type analog of an RNA
comprises a nucleotide sequence having third base silent mutations.
comprises a nucleotide sequence having third base silent mutations.
29. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a single stranded nucleic acid having a sequence that is complementary to an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT
mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the wild-type analog of a mutant protein in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
31. A vector comprising an expressible gene encoding a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT.
32. A vector comprising an expressible gene encoding a sequence complementary to an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
33. A host cell containing a vector as described in claim 31 or 32.
34. A method of treatment and/or prevention of a disease caused by or associated with an RNA having a GAGA or CTCT mutation giving rise to a frameshift mutation, comprising administering the composition of any one of claims 25-30, the vector of claim 31 or 32, or the host cell of claim 33 to a patient suffering from or susceptible to the disease.
35. The use of a vector encoding a ribozyme that selectively cleaves a target RNA having a GAGA or CTCT under the control of a promoter in therapy.
36. The use of a vector encoding a ribozyme under the control of a promoter in the manufacture of a composition for the treatment of a disease caused by or associated with at least one an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
37. The use of a vector encoding the sequence complementary to an RNA having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation under the control of a promoter in therapy.
38. The use of more than one of the composition of any one of claims 25-30, the vector of claim 31 or 32, or the host cell of claim 33 in any combination in therapy.
39. The use of more than one of the composition of any one of claims 25-30, the vector of claim 31 or 32, or the host cell of claim 33 in any combination in the treatment and/or prevention of a disease caused by or associated with at least one an RNA
having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
having one or more GAGA or CTCT mutations giving rise to a frameshift mutation.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US4316397P | 1997-04-10 | 1997-04-10 | |
US60/043,163 | 1997-04-10 | ||
PCT/IB1998/000705 WO1998045322A2 (en) | 1997-04-10 | 1998-04-02 | Diagnosis method and reagents |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2287084A1 true CA2287084A1 (en) | 1998-10-15 |
Family
ID=21925819
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002287084A Abandoned CA2287084A1 (en) | 1997-04-10 | 1998-04-02 | Diagnosis method and reagents |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0971952A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2001522241A (en) |
AU (1) | AU7071598A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2287084A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1998045322A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (84)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
NO314086B1 (en) * | 1998-05-08 | 2003-01-27 | Gemvax As | Peptides and pharmaceutical compositions containing them, nucleic acid sequences encoding such peptides, plasmids and virus vectors encompassing such DNA sequences and their use for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations for |
WO2001040804A2 (en) * | 1999-12-03 | 2001-06-07 | Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Van Wetenschappen | Clearance of aberrant protein in correlation with disease |
US7358063B2 (en) * | 2001-07-19 | 2008-04-15 | Sysmex Corporation | Method of detecting PS2V |
WO2004001421A2 (en) * | 2002-06-21 | 2003-12-31 | Innogenetics N.V. | Method for the diagnosis and differential diagnosis of neurological diseases |
JP5116937B2 (en) * | 2003-09-16 | 2013-01-09 | 独立行政法人国立がん研究センター | Method for evaluating the degree of canceration of a mammal-derived specimen |
ES2343965T3 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2010-08-13 | The Government Of The United States, As Represented By The Secretary Of Health And Human Services | ANTI-CD22 ANTIBODIES AND MUTED IMMUNOCONGUJADOS. |
FR2869909B1 (en) * | 2004-05-04 | 2007-12-21 | Univ Angers | PEPTIDE CAPABLE OF INHIBITING TUBULIN POLYMERIZATION AND USE THEREOF FOR INHIBITING CELL PROLIFERATION |
EP1916259A1 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2008-04-30 | Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) | Anti-glycoprotein VI SCFV fragment for treatment of thrombosis |
ES2618292T3 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2017-06-21 | Inserm - Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale | Antibodies against and use of human CD39 to inhibit the activity of regulatory T cells |
EP2355847A1 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2011-08-17 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Neutralizing antibodies and fragments thereof directed against platelet factor-4 variant 1 (pf4v1) |
US20120064096A1 (en) | 2009-03-17 | 2012-03-15 | Universite De La Mediterranee | BTLA Antibodies and Uses Thereof |
ES2615881T3 (en) | 2009-05-07 | 2017-06-08 | Stallergenes | Use of igg1 immunoglobulins and / or cd32 receptor ligands for the treatment of diseases and inflammatory manifestations through the mucosa. |
JP2009203240A (en) * | 2009-06-15 | 2009-09-10 | National Institute Of Advanced Industrial & Technology | Liposome, and carrier composed of the same for introducing material to cell |
AU2010292069B2 (en) | 2009-09-11 | 2015-08-13 | The Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Improved Pseudomonas Exotoxin A with reduced immunogenicity |
WO2011080322A1 (en) | 2009-12-30 | 2011-07-07 | Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) | Method of prognosing the outcome of acquired hemophilia and of treatment of hemophilia |
WO2012010696A1 (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2012-01-26 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods for cancer management targeting co-029 |
EP2412724A1 (en) | 2010-07-29 | 2012-02-01 | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (C.N.R.S) | Regulation of Glypican 4 activity to modulate the fate of stem cells and uses thereof |
WO2012080769A1 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2012-06-21 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Anti-cd277 antibodies and uses thereof |
DK2654789T3 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2018-09-03 | Orega Biotech | ANTIBODIES AGAINST HUMAN CD39 AND USE THEREOF |
WO2012101125A1 (en) | 2011-01-24 | 2012-08-02 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Specific antibodies against human cxcl4 and uses thereof |
EP2681239B8 (en) | 2011-02-28 | 2015-09-09 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | Antigen binding proteins |
CA2830442C (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2019-09-24 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Antibodies directed against icos and uses thereof |
ES2641877T3 (en) | 2011-05-06 | 2017-11-14 | The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Mesothelin-directed recombinant immunotoxin |
CN103890010B (en) | 2011-05-19 | 2017-04-19 | 法国国家健康医学研究院 | Anti-human-HER3 antibodies and uses thereof |
KR20140033391A (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2014-03-18 | 더 유나이티드 스테이츠 오브 어메리카, 애즈 리프리젠티드 바이 더 세크러테리, 디파트먼트 오브 헬쓰 앤드 휴먼 서비씨즈 | Pseudomonas exotoxin a with less immunogenic t cell and/or b cell epitopes |
RU2014101707A (en) | 2011-06-22 | 2015-07-27 | Инсерм (Энститю Насьональ Де Ля Сантэ Э Де Ля Решерш Медикаль) | ANTI-Axl ANTIBODIES AND THEIR APPLICATION |
EP2723376B1 (en) | 2011-06-22 | 2018-12-05 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Anti-axl antibodies and uses thereof |
DK2723360T3 (en) * | 2011-06-27 | 2017-08-28 | Université Pierre Et Marie Curie (Paris 6) | CCR2 antagonist peptides |
EP2543679A1 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2013-01-09 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Antibodies for the treatment and prevention of thrombosis |
EP2543678A1 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2013-01-09 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Antibodies for the treatment and prevention of thrombosis |
EP2543677A1 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2013-01-09 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Antibodies for the treatment and prevention of thrombosis |
AU2012308591B2 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2017-02-23 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Pseudomonas exotoxin a with less immunogenic B cell epitopes |
EP2864355B1 (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2016-10-12 | Orega Biotech | Il-17 antagonist antibodies |
US9695247B2 (en) | 2012-09-03 | 2017-07-04 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Antibodies directed against ICOS for treating graft-versus-host disease |
AU2013204200B2 (en) * | 2012-10-11 | 2016-10-20 | Brandeis University | Treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis |
PT2922875T (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2017-05-31 | Sanofi Sa | Anti-ceacam5 antibodies and uses thereof |
CN105007941B (en) | 2012-12-27 | 2019-01-25 | 赛诺菲 | Anti- LAMP1 antibody and antibody drug conjugates and application thereof |
US10005839B2 (en) | 2013-05-17 | 2018-06-26 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Antagonist of the BTLA/HVEM interaction for use in therapy |
WO2014205187A1 (en) | 2013-06-20 | 2014-12-24 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Cytolethal distending toxin subunit b conjugated or fused to bacillus anthracis toxin lethal factor |
CA2926215A1 (en) | 2013-10-06 | 2015-04-09 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Modified pseudomonas exotoxin a |
US10196455B2 (en) | 2013-11-07 | 2019-02-05 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Neuregulin allosteric anti-HER3 antibody |
EP3131929B1 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2022-06-01 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Antibodies for the prevention or the treatment of bleeding episodes |
FR3021970B1 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2018-01-26 | Universite Sciences Technologies Lille | ANTIBODY AGAINST GALECTIN 9 AND INHIBITOR OF THE SUPPRESSIVE ACTIVITY OF T REGULATORY LYMPHOCYTES |
EP4039710A3 (en) | 2015-01-23 | 2022-10-19 | Sanofi | Anti-cd3 antibodies, anti-cd123 antibodies and bispecific antibodies specifically binding to cd3 and/or cd123 |
WO2016128349A1 (en) | 2015-02-09 | 2016-08-18 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Antibodies specific to glycoprotein (gp) of ebolavirus and uses for the treatment and diagnosis of ebola virus infection |
WO2016162368A1 (en) | 2015-04-07 | 2016-10-13 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Non-invasive imaging of tumor pd-l1 expression |
JP2018525029A (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2018-09-06 | インセルム(インスティチュート ナショナル デ ラ サンテ エ デ ラ リシェルシェ メディカル) | Antibody having specificity for myosin 18A and use thereof |
WO2017060397A1 (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2017-04-13 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods for predicting the survival time of subjects suffering from melanoma metastases |
CA3013333A1 (en) | 2016-02-26 | 2017-08-31 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Antibodies having specificity for btla and uses thereof |
WO2017158202A1 (en) * | 2016-03-18 | 2017-09-21 | Genclis | Molecular origin of allergy |
AU2017277288A1 (en) | 2016-06-09 | 2019-01-24 | Omeros Corporation | Monoclonal antibodies, compositions and methods for detecting mucin -like protein (MLP) as a biomarker for ovarian and pancreatic cancer |
BR112019001693A2 (en) | 2016-07-29 | 2019-07-02 | Ct Hospitalier Universitaire Toulouse | antibodies targeting tumor-associated macrophages and their uses |
US11286295B2 (en) | 2016-10-20 | 2022-03-29 | Sanofi | Anti-CHIKV monoclonal antibodies directed against the E2 structural protein |
KR101885007B1 (en) * | 2016-12-22 | 2018-08-31 | 가천대학교 산학협력단 | Method and Kit for Diagnosing Cognitive disorder |
CN110392697A (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2019-10-29 | 国家医疗保健研究所 | There is the antibody and application thereof of specificity to NECTIN-4 |
CA3051640A1 (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2018-09-20 | Innate Pharma | Compositions and methods for treating cancer |
US11174322B2 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2021-11-16 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Antibodies and peptides to treat HCMV related diseases |
JP7226833B2 (en) | 2017-09-21 | 2023-02-21 | イムチェック セラピューティクス エスエーエス | Antibody having specificity for BTN2 and use thereof |
WO2019238686A1 (en) * | 2018-06-13 | 2019-12-19 | Aziende Chimiche Riunite Angelini Francesco - A.C.R.A.F. S.P.A. | Peptides having inhibitory activity on muscarinic receptor m3 |
WO2019243252A1 (en) | 2018-06-18 | 2019-12-26 | Innate Pharma | Compositions and methods for treating cancer |
US20220349010A1 (en) * | 2018-07-26 | 2022-11-03 | Frame Pharmaceuticals B.V. | Method of preparing subject-specific immunogenic compositions based on a neo open-reading-frame peptide database |
EP3849602A1 (en) | 2018-09-10 | 2021-07-21 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Combination of her2/neu antibody with heme for treating cancer |
KR20220007041A (en) | 2019-03-20 | 2022-01-18 | 임체크 테라퓨틱스 에스에이에스 | Antibodies with specificity for BTN2 and uses thereof |
EP3947446A1 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2022-02-09 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Treatment of taupathy disorders by targeting new tau species |
US20220281967A1 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2022-09-08 | Orega Biotech | Novel il-17b antibodies |
EP4034560A1 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2022-08-03 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Anti-müllerian inhibiting substance antibodies and uses thereof |
WO2021058729A1 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2021-04-01 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Anti-müllerian inhibiting substance type i receptor antibodies and uses thereof |
EP4072682A1 (en) | 2019-12-09 | 2022-10-19 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale (INSERM) | Antibodies having specificity to her4 and uses thereof |
WO2021175954A1 (en) | 2020-03-04 | 2021-09-10 | Imcheck Therapeutics Sas | Antibodies having specificity for btnl8 and uses thereof |
US20230181755A1 (en) | 2020-04-24 | 2023-06-15 | Sanofi | Antitumor combinations containing anti-ceacam5 antibody conjugates, trifluridine and tipiracil |
JP2023522395A (en) | 2020-04-24 | 2023-05-30 | サノフイ | Anti-tumor combination containing anti-CEACAM5 antibody conjugate and forfox |
US20230149557A1 (en) | 2020-04-24 | 2023-05-18 | Sanofi | Antitumor combinations containing anti-ceacam5 antibody conjugates and cetuximab |
KR20230005257A (en) | 2020-04-24 | 2023-01-09 | 사노피 | Anti-tumor combination containing anti-CEACAM5 antibody conjugate and FOLFIRI |
EP4149558A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2023-03-22 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | New method to treat cutaneous t-cell lymphomas and tfh derived lymphomas |
US20240010749A1 (en) | 2020-09-04 | 2024-01-11 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Anti-ceacam5 antibodies and conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2022159575A1 (en) | 2021-01-20 | 2022-07-28 | Bioentre Llc | Ctla4-binding proteins and methods of treating cancer |
CA3226537A1 (en) | 2021-07-29 | 2023-02-02 | Ana HENNINO | Humanized anti-human .beta.ig-h3 protein and uses thereof |
CA3237142A1 (en) | 2021-11-05 | 2023-05-11 | Sanofi | Antitumor combinations containing anti-ceacam5 antibody-drug conjugates and anti-vegfr-2 antibodies |
WO2023150181A1 (en) | 2022-02-01 | 2023-08-10 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods and compositions for treating cancer |
TW202346354A (en) | 2022-03-09 | 2023-12-01 | 德商馬克專利公司 | Anti-ceacam5 antibodies and conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2023172968A1 (en) | 2022-03-09 | 2023-09-14 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Anti-gd2 antibodies, immunoconjugates and therapeutic uses thereof |
WO2023240287A1 (en) | 2022-06-10 | 2023-12-14 | Bioentre Llc | Combinations of ctla4 binding proteins and methods of treating cancer |
WO2024052503A1 (en) | 2022-09-08 | 2024-03-14 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale | Antibodies having specificity to ltbp2 and uses thereof |
WO2024056668A1 (en) | 2022-09-12 | 2024-03-21 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale | New anti-itgb8 antibodies and its uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB8718779D0 (en) * | 1987-08-07 | 1987-09-16 | Grosveld F G | Dna sequence & expression vector |
US5015570A (en) * | 1988-05-13 | 1991-05-14 | Molecular Therapeutics, Inc. | Molecular diagnosis of Alzheimer Disease |
EP0451700A1 (en) * | 1990-04-10 | 1991-10-16 | Miles Inc. | Recombinant APP minigenes for expression in transgenic mice as models for Alzheimers's disease |
US5455169A (en) * | 1992-06-04 | 1995-10-03 | Alzheimer's Institute Of America, Inc. | Nucleic acids for diagnosing and modeling Alzheimer's disease |
WO1994002595A1 (en) * | 1992-07-17 | 1994-02-03 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method and reagent for treatment of animal diseases |
US5854392A (en) * | 1992-08-31 | 1998-12-29 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | β APP-C100 receptor |
US5449604A (en) * | 1992-10-21 | 1995-09-12 | University Of Washington | Chromosome 14 and familial Alzheimers disease genetic markers and assays |
GB9410922D0 (en) * | 1994-06-01 | 1994-07-20 | Townsend Alain R M | Vaccines |
AU7142796A (en) * | 1995-10-02 | 1997-04-28 | Erasmus University Rotterdam | Diagnosis method and reagents |
-
1998
- 1998-04-02 AU AU70715/98A patent/AU7071598A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-04-02 JP JP54254598A patent/JP2001522241A/en active Pending
- 1998-04-02 CA CA002287084A patent/CA2287084A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-04-02 WO PCT/IB1998/000705 patent/WO1998045322A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1998-04-02 EP EP98917502A patent/EP0971952A2/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU7071598A (en) | 1998-10-30 |
EP0971952A2 (en) | 2000-01-19 |
WO1998045322A2 (en) | 1998-10-15 |
JP2001522241A (en) | 2001-11-13 |
WO1998045322A3 (en) | 1999-04-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2287084A1 (en) | Diagnosis method and reagents | |
US5958684A (en) | Diagnosis of neurodegenerative disease | |
JP3220752B2 (en) | Diagnosis of metastatic cancer by MTS-1 gene | |
AU691469B2 (en) | DNA encoding taurine and gaba transporters and uses thereof | |
US6322976B1 (en) | Compositions and methods of disease diagnosis and therapy | |
US6620914B1 (en) | Transcription factor islet-brain 1 (IB1) | |
JP2007524583A (en) | Peptides related to HLA-DRMHC class II molecules involved in autoimmune disorders | |
US20080085323A1 (en) | Product and Methods for Diagnosis and Therapy for Cardiac and Skeletal Muscle Disorders | |
US6617131B2 (en) | Nucleic acid molecule encoding the potassium channel protein, KCNQ5 | |
Nagamatsu et al. | Localization of cellubrevin-related peptide, endobrevin, in the early endosome in pancreatic β cells and its physiological function in exo-endocytosis of secretory granules | |
US7208475B2 (en) | Peptides for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease and other beta-amyloid protein fibrillogenesis disorders | |
JP2006511194A (en) | Teneurin C-terminal related peptide (TCAP) and methods and uses related thereto | |
AU767718B2 (en) | Novel mutations in the (FREAC3) gene for diagnosis and prognosis of glaucoma and anterior segment dysgenesis | |
US7211649B1 (en) | Cartilage intermediate layer protein | |
JP2008504270A (en) | Methods and compositions for treating cystic disease | |
AU732547B2 (en) | Novel cyclin-selective ubiquitin carrier polypeptides | |
KR20010030862A (en) | Nucleic acids coding for proteins capable of interacting with presenilins | |
US20080182315A1 (en) | Novel Ion Channel-Like Polypeptide and Use Thereof | |
JP2006525244A (en) | Insulin-inducible genes as therapeutic targets for diabetes | |
WO2022125415A1 (en) | Scg2 neuropeptides and uses thereof | |
US20070157327A1 (en) | Parkin interacting polypeptides and methods of use | |
WO2006118313A1 (en) | Novel polypeptide and use thereof | |
US20030186375A1 (en) | Nuclear myosin I beta with a 16 amino acid N-terminal extension | |
MXPA00010172A (en) | Novel mutations in the freac3 | |
JP2001335598A (en) | New protein, method for producing the same and use thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |